Home

WebFOCUS InfoAssist User`s Manual Version 8.0.01

Contents

1. Time Shipped Year Shipped E Time Delivery Year Delivery Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery S Education Double click to edit En A Document Done B Reports For PDF PF Single Tab 3 Double click or right click the text component to edit the text For more information on editing and styling the text see How to Edit Text on page 386 Procedure How to Insert an Image 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the nsert tab 2 Inthe Objects group click Image An Open dialog box appears 3 Browse to the desired image and click OK The selected image appears in the upper left corner of the canvas WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 373 Building a Document Editing Components in a Document Procedure 374 The reports controls and text in a document can be edited moved resized and deleted Each of these components has a context menu which can be accessed by right clicking the component Images can be moved resized and deleted but they have no context menu and cannot be edited Right clicking a image brings up the option to delete it How to Resize a Component You can resize a component in the following ways 4 Using the component sizing handles 4 Changing the height and width on the Layout tab in the Size amp Arrange group 4 Accessing the options on the Size tab in the Size and Position dialog box The resize f
2. Frames i Color Border Color P I Text Style Text A A OK amp Cancel Apply The Frames tab contains the following options m Show Frame Regions Select this option to show a frame region Clear this option to suppress a frame region Region Select from this drop down list the region that you want to format 4 Add Click this button to add a region 4 Remove Click this button to remove a region Location Enter the location of the region Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can edit the color of the frame Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can edit the color of the frame border Text Enter the text that you want to appear on the frame Style Text Click this icon to style the frame text WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 273 Formatting Gridlines For instructions on how to open this dialog box see the procedures in Using Gridline Properties on page 274 Gridline Elements Right Click Menu When you right click a gridline on a chart a menu of options opens The options for the gridline elements are described in the following table eee ents Caine Horizontal Major Gridlines Removes the gridline from the Horizontal Minor Gridlines CnaR ang updates tne Liye Preview accordingly Vertical Major Gridlines i Set Line Color Enables you to specify the color Vertical Minor Gridlines of the gridline using the Col
3. n 0 Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Cost E Revenue Procedure How to Delete a Gridline 1 Create a chart with gridlines 2 Select a gridline 282 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 3 Delete the gridline in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu From the menu point to the gridline that you want to format and select More Grid Lines to open the Format Grid Lines dialog box On the tab for the gridline that you want to delete clear the Show Grid Lines option and click OK 4 Right Click Menu Right click the gridline and from the menu select Delete The gridline is deleted from the chart Procedure How to Display Quadrant Lines Use the options on the Quadrant Lines tab to control the placement and style of the quadrant lines in your scatter and bubble chart Note Quadrant lines are on by default for bubble charts and off by default for scatter charts The following image show a scatter chart without quadrant lines 400k 350 m 300k g 250 E ee Oo 2 200k oO 150k 100k 50k a a E 0 a we a 400 00 600 00 800 00 1 000 00 1 200 00 1 400 00 1 600 00 1 800 00 MSRP 1 Create a scatter chart On the Format tab in the Features group click Grid 3 On the drop down menu point to either Horizontal Gridlines or Vertical Gridlines and then click More Grid Lines
4. 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 339 Formatting a Gauge Chart 4 Right Click Menu Right click the gauge chart and select More Gauge Options 3 The Format Gauges dialog box opens 4 Inthe General Options tab in the Gauge Needle section from the Style drop down menu select Pencil 5 Click OK The gauge needle changes to a pencil The following image shows a gauge chart styled with a pencil Quantity Sold Procedure How to Set Gauge Needle Colors in a Multi Series Gauge Chart You cannot change the fill color and border color of the needles in a multi series gauge chart through the General Options tab of the Format Gauge dialog box You can do so through the Format Series dialog box However you can still use the General Options tab to change the style of the needle 340 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows gauge charts with two series of data NorthEast SouthWest E Quantity Sold Revenue 1 Create a gauge chart with more than one measure On the Series tab from the Series drop down menu select the series that you want to style 3 In the Properties group click Style The Format Series dialog box opens 4 On the Fill tab select the fill and color options for the gauge needle for the selected series 5 On the Border tab select the Show Border Color option if you want the gauge
5. InfoMini does not have to be active for you to access the menu When you select an option from the menu InfoMini is activated How to Test an InfoMini Application 1 With an InfoAssist report open activate InfoMini as described in How to Activate InfoMini on page 461 2 Enable the options that you want as described in How to Enable and Disable InfoMini Application Options on page 462 3 Run the report An InfoMini application opens in a new window How to Interact With an InfoMini Application With an InfoMini application open you can edit the application using the functionality that was enabled in InfoAssist You have access to Interactive and Edit mode options depending on which options were enabled For more information on the options in Interactive mode see Interactive Mode on page 458 For more information on the options in Edit mode see Edit Mode on page 459 You have the ability to alter the InfoMini application at run time using the Interactive and Edit modes Changes to the application are not reflected on the canvas dynamically and you must run the report to see the updates WebFOCUS 9 Building InfoMini Applications 1 Runa report with InfoMini activated as described in How to Test an InfoMini Application on page 462 An InfoMini application opens in a new window 2 By default the ribbon is hidden in an InfoMini application To display the ribbon do one of the following 4 Click one of the tabs
6. Options X Ext The options in the menu are Q Open Opens the selected report chart dashboard or document 4 Pin to list Pins a recent report chart dashboard or document to the pinned reports list above the separator bar 4 Remove from list Unpins a pinned report chart dashboard or document from the pinned reports list 4 Clear unpinned list Clears all reports charts dashboards or documents from the Recent Items list 4 Options Opens the Options window to customize your user preferences For more information see Changing User Preferences on page 25 4 Exit Exits the application 34 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Quick Access Toolbar The Quick Access Toolbar as shown in the following image provides access to the most commonly used functions It is located to the right of the Application main menu button and is always visible no matter which options are selected In addition to the New Open Save and Run commands discussed in Application Main Menu on page 31 you can access the Undo Redo and View code commands The Quick Access Toolbar contains a Run menu of commands In addition to the Run command the Run menu contains the Preview SQL Trace and SQL Preview Trace commands wile e El Run eel Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field Undo and Redo The Undo 2 icon undoes your last action The Redo e icon repeats your last action The Undo icon is e
7. Product Category To make the series line reappear click Connect Lines again Procedure How to Change the Appearance of a Marker 222 Markers are used to display points of data on a line chart They are also used in the legend to identify the data that is on the chart The different marker shapes distinguish one series from another 1 2 3 4 Create a line chart Select a series on the line chart On the Series tab in the Line group open the Marker drop down menu From the Marker drop down menu select the marker shape The options are None WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Square default Circle Diamond Plus Triangle Down Triangle Up Triangle Right Triangle Left Pirate Plus House Hexagon Fat X Five Star Six Star Hourglass Sideways Hourglass 0D O0 O0 O0 O0 O O O O0 O0 O0 O0 O0 0 O0 O0 D Line The markers are formatted WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 223 Formatting a Series 224 The following image shows a square marker for Dollar Sales and a circle marker for Quantity 50M 45M 40M 0 ee Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category ef Revenue Discount WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Series Tab Pie Group Procedure How to Expand Pie Slices The following image shows a basic pie chart before its slices are expanded 2 17 18 5 14
8. User Name e Get a product overview r e See a list of product advantages and features e Find out how to get product support LoS Oe Questions Need Help Our online help website has the Obtain information on the latest product updates Accessing Personal InfoAssist To access Personal InfoAssist type the following URL in a web browser http hostname port wf_context_root MyIA IBIC_server server amp IBIAPP_app app where hostname port Is the name of the host where the WebFOCUS application is deployed Specify the optional port number only if you are not using the default port number wf_context_root Is the site customized context root for the WebFOCUS application deployed on your application server The default value is ibi_apps Server Is the optional Reporting Server to use 22 WebFOCUS 2 Getting Started With InfoAssist app Is the optional application path name to search Accessing InfoAssist Basic To access InfoAssist Basic type valid credentials in the WebFOCUS Sign In page and click Sign In InfoAssist Basic has a unique license code that distinguishes it from the complete version of InfoAssist Accessing InfoMini You have the option to activate InfoMini when you create a report in InfoAssist When you run a report with InfoMini activated an InfoMini application is launched An InfoMini application contains a subset of the functionality available to a full InfoAssist report You can limit or
9. E Same Size Gauges SY OK Q canel amp Apply The Advanced tab contains the following options 4 Descending Axis Select this option to draw the gauge scale in descending order When this option is cleared default the gauge scale is drawn in ascending order 326 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Show Zero Label Default Displays the zero label appear on the axis scale Clear this option to start the gauge at a another value Gauge Center by Quality Select this option to have the center of the gauge needle appear in the same the color as the band it is pointing to 4 Gauge Start Angle Enter a value to rotate the gauge start angle to a specified number of degrees Values can range from O to 359 degrees The default is 220 degrees Gauge Stop Angle Enter a value to rotate the gauge stop angle to a specified number of degrees Values can range from O to 359 degrees The default is 320 degrees Setting a start angle to O and a stop angle to 180 creates a semi circle Relative Inner Radius Enter a value to define the inner radius of the gauge bands and labels relative to the outer background of the gauge Smaller values such as 0 0 place the inner radius closer to the center of the gauge A maximum value of 1 0 places the inner radius close to the gauge outline 4 Relative Thickness Enter a value to define the relative thickness of the gauge bands Values can range from 0 0 to 1 0 Same Size
10. Infarmation Builders WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Version 8 0 01 DN4501033 1112 Active Technologies EDA EDA SQL FIDEL FOCUS Information Builders the Information Builders logo iWay iWay Software Parlay PC FOCUS RStat Table Talk Web390 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Active Technologies and WebFOCUS Magnify are registered trademarks and DataMigrator and Hyperstage are trademarks of Information Builders Inc Adobe the Adobe logo Acrobat Adobe Reader Flash Adobe Flash Builder Flex and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Due to the nature of this material this document refers to numerous hardware and software products by their trademarks In most if not all cases these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks by their respective companies It is not this publisher s intent to use any of these names generically The reader is therefore cautioned to investigate all claimed trademark rights before using any of these names other than to refer to the product described Copyright 2012 by Information Builders Inc and iWay Software All rights reserved Patent Pending This manual or parts thereof may not be reproduced in any form without the written permission of Information Builders Inc WebFOCUS Contents PV GT ACG issenscsncncesctensensasasscnnssecsusucunssunucteusenscisuscescteusenscsavcunuss
11. N N w Oo ou oO un E 100 000 OR MORE 3 Master s Degrees A 0 TO 24 999 B 25 000 TO 49 999 o amp amp amp amp C 50 000 TO 74 999 fF SF vt P y Ry Ss Pd D 75 000 TO 99 999 100 000 OR MORE Region 182 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Selecting a Chart Bar Charts In this section Bar Charts Pie Charts Line Charts Area Charts Multi Axis Charts XY Plot Charts 3D Charts Stock Charts Special Charts Combination Charts In this section Bar Chart Types WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual It is important that you choose a chart that is appropriate for your data InfoAssist provides a complete chart library of both basic and advanced charts You can choose from a wide variety of charts to best represent the data that you want to display Bar charts plot numerical data by displaying rectangular blocks against a scale numbers or variable measures that appear along the axis The length of a bar corresponds to a value or amount You can clearly compare data series fields by the relative heights of the bars Use a bar chart to display the distribution of numerical data You can create horizontal and vertical bar charts 183 Selecting a Chart 184 When to use Use a bar chart when individual values are important For example the following image is a basic vertical bar chart that compares the individual products sold to the total amount in sales for each pr
12. Open the Traffic Light Condition dialog box in one of the following ways m m Ribbon In the Query pane select a field and then on the Field tab in the Display group click Traffic Lights Right Click Menu Right click a series on your chart point to More and then select Traffic Light Conditions The Traffic Light Condition dialog box opens For more information see Traffic Light Condition Dialog Box on page 211 From the Relational Operators drop down menu below the field name select a relational operators The options are C O O O O O Equal to Not equal to Greater than Less than Greater than or equal to Less than or equal to In the field to the right of the operator drop down menu click the arrow for the Type drop down menu The Type dialog box opens In the Type dialog box select Field The Type dialog box displays the Dimensions and Measures and Properties of your data You can display the data in the following ways m View fields in business order Select from the following options Title Description Name Alias View fields in a sortable grid Select from the following options Name Title Alias Format Segment Filename Description Reference View the hierarchical structure of the data Select from the following options Title Description Name Alias WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts F B 13 14 Select a field Click OK The field that you selected ap
13. Total 4 Percent 4 Row Percent m Average Square If you change the Measure field container from Sum to Print Count or List it overrides all assigned aggregation type values The following image is an example of the MIN minimum MAX maximum and AVE average aggregation prefix operators added to measure fields in the Query Design pane Query sum MIN Quantity Sold MAX Quantity Sold E Region Product Category poced Across WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 167 Using Custom Reporting Features The following image is an example of report output produced by assigning the Minimum and Maximum aggregation options to measure fields in a report MIN MAX Product Quantity Quantity Region Category Sold Sold Central Stereo Systems 1 4 Televisions 1 4 Video Players 1 4 Video Production 1 4 MidEast Stereo Systems 1 4 Televisions 1 4 Video Players 1 4 Video Production 1 4 NorthEast Stereo Systems 1 4 Televisions 1 4 Video Players 1 4 Video Production 1 4 Procedure How to Display Repeated Sort Values in a Report 168 Run this procedure when the output format Excel for example does not sort properly On the Format tab in the Features group click Repeat Sort Value When you click Repeat Sort Value all repeated sort values appear in the report output This option overrides the default behavior which displays blanks after the first instance of each new sort value that a
14. Year Estimated Delivery Education Education Type ID_SHIPFACT ID_SHIPMENT Group 0 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 E SeriesO MI Series MI Series2 Mi Series3 MM Series 4 m F Filter m lui Query Wi Measure Sum X Axis li Legend Series lif Mutt graph After executing a report to generate output if you minimize or close the Output window the Results panel displays empty space Using the Query Design Pane in the Results Panel The Query Design pane displays the Filter area and the Query field containers The Query Design pane appears in the Resources panel below the Data pane when you select the default Live Preview The Results panel provides a larger area for displaying the Query Design pane This feature is useful when you are designing a report with multiple filters or numerous fields You can select Query Design view or Live Preview on the Home tab in the Design group or on the View tab in the Design group WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows the Query Design pane in the Results panel of the InfoAssist application window It is displaying report field containers that include Filter Sum By and Across WF_RETAIL 5 Dimensions 4 Geography amp Region S Product Product Category E Time Sales Year Sales Ti
15. 74 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 50 100 500 1000 2000 5000 C O O O O O O 10000 Run Time Sets the number of records retrieved at run time The options are All 50 100 500 1000 5000 10000 bu O O O O O O 50000 Group Number Group The Group Number group contains a group for each Slicer group that is added Group 1 is the default slicer group to which you can drag fields to create slicers WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 75 Layout Tab Layout Tab The Layout tab provides access to page display and layout options from the Page Setup Size amp Arrange and Report groups It is shown in the following image Page Setup Group The Page Setup group contains the Margins Orientation Size Units and Page Numbers reports only commands to customize the page setup for the output of your report 4 Margins Enables you to set margin values by choosing Normal 1 inch all around Narrow 5 inch all around Moderate 5 inch left or right Wide 1 5 inch left or right or Custom Choosing Custom opens the Margins dialog box as shown in the following image where you can set specific margins as needed O Margins x 4 Orientation Enables you to set the orientation of your report to portrait or landscape 1 Size Enables you to select the size of the paper for printing output You can choose A3 A4 A5 Letter Tabloid Legal PowerPoint or Large Size 76
16. Click OK The selected color provides an alternating color scheme for the report The report output displays alternating rows of data using a white background for one row and a background of the selected color for the next row This pattern continues throughout the report as shown in the following image of Banded report output Product Quantity Category Sold Gross Profit Stereo Systems 47 673 3 933 147 95 Video Players 50 181 4 422 423 00 Procedure How to Apply Traffic Light Conditional Styling to a Report By Constant You can apply traffic light conditional styling to data for a selected measure field By default the report displays the values that satisfy the first condition in green and the values that satisfy the second condition in red 1 2 Open a report in Live Preview Open the Traffic Light Condition dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon Select a field on the report and then on the Field tab in the Display group click Traffic Lights 4 Right Click Menu Right click a field on the report point to More and then click Traffic Light Conditions The Traffic Light Condition dialog box opens From the Relational Operators drop down menu below the field name click a relational operator The options are 4 Equal to m Not equal to m Greater than Less than Lb O Greater than or equal to WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 149 Styling Reports 150 4 Less than or
17. Geography Region B State Code City Product aa oS u EA E E A s Ls ae ae Name IF 1 2 3 S Time Sales Quarter Sales ee e A al Day Sales S Time Shipped SB Year Shi laika gt w S Cancel 4 Summary Compute Opens the Summary Field COMPUTE dialog box where you can create a computed field type a name for the field and enter a format WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 63 Data Tab Join Group 64 The Field dialog boxes which open when you click Detail or Summary provide similar functionality including options to display data source fields in a Tree Dimension or List view You can also view a complete set of functions instead of data source fields by clicking the Functions button The Summary COMPUTE dialog box is shown in the following image Se EE HERE es ES EACE Ea ES Ee ee Ee ee ee i a a a ae ee wer wo e r IL JL OF S Cancel Lesje L JLo dE JL WF_RETAIL 5 Dimensions 5 Geography B Region State Code City S Product Product Category Product Subcategory Model Product Name S Time Sales Year Sales Quarter Sales Month Sales Day Sales Time Shipped The Join group contains the Join button to open the Join dialog box where you can create a new join edit or delete existing joins and add data sources to a
18. Time Shipped Year Shipped Time Delivery WebFOCUS 9 Building InfoMini Applications 6 Click Save to save the application You can reopen a saved InfoMini application in InfoMini or if you have access open the report in InfoAssist WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 469 Creating an InfoMini Application 470 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Glossary gt This is a glossary of key concepts in this Topics manual Key Concepts WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 471 Key Concepts Key Concepts accordion report Report output that is expandable for each vertical sort field active dashboard prompts Controls from Active Technologies that act as filters on the reports of the document such as text box image drop down list check box radio button and text field active dashboard properties dialog A dialog box of options to add active form controls to reports in a document active report A report that is designed for offline analysis aggregation value A value assigned to a numeric measure field in a report annotation Explanatory note or comment axis A reference line drawn on a chart axis labels Labels generated automatically based upon the scale of the axis They appear along the axis axis title Descriptive text that provides meaningful information about the data measured by an axis background The area the appears behind the frame of a chart cascade controls Contro
19. 4 Right Click Menu Right click a sort field point to Break then Subtotal and then click Recomputed Note Recompute is not available for Across fields Creating Customized Report Outputs 170 How to Create OLAP Reports Create Table of Contents Reports Freeze Column Titles in a Report Create Pages On Demand Reports Create Accordion Reports Implement Stack Measures In addition to HTML active report active Flash PDF active PDF Excel and PowerPoint output formats you can create the following custom report output formats m m OLAP To view output with OLAP functionality For more information see How to Create OLAP Reports on page 171 Table of Contents To view output for individual values of the first sort By field one value at a time For more information see How to Create Table of Contents Reports on page 173 Freeze To view output with column titles that freeze remain in view when you scroll through pages of the report output For more information see How to Freeze Column Titles in a Report on page 175 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Pages On Demand To view output one page at a time and use a menu bar at the bottom of the report output from which you can view any specific page You can also click an arrow to move forward a page move backward a page go to the first page or go to the last page For more information see How to Create Pages On Demand Reports on page 176
20. Accordion To view output that is expandable for each vertical sort field This option displays data values only for the first vertical sort field when you first view the output You can manually expand your view to expose the data values of lower level sort fields For more information see How to Create Accordion Reports on page 177 Procedure How to Create OLAP Reports 1 On the Format tab in the Navigation group click the Auto Drill amp Analysis down arrow The Auto Drill amp Analysis menu opens It contains the following options OLAP panel not accessible Default Select this option to only display sorting options in the column titles The OCP OLAP ribbon cannot be accessed from the title options OLAP panel accessible Select this option to access the OLAP panel using the Auto Drill amp Analysis button in the output of the report Note Using this option versus the hidden option allows the user to better distinguish the difference between the first and second options The hidden option is available by accessing the Navigation dialog box 4 Dimension filtering enabled Select this option to display dimension filters at the top of the report You customize the filter placement within the Navigation dialog box You access the dialog box by clicking More options Dimensions grouped in tabs Select this option to group dimension filters in tabs based on hierarchy within statements in the metadata More Options Sele
21. Available Prompts Selected Prompts P v OK Cancel Tee cant i Add any additional prompts you want to be part of the cascade by repeating steps 5 and 6 By default the hierarchy of the prompts is determined by the order in which they are added to the Selected Prompts list The cascade of the prompts is from top to bottom The prompts that come first in the Selected Prompts list are the parents of the lower prompts WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist 8 You can change the hierarchy of the prompts by selecting a prompt in the Selected Prompt list box and clicking the Move Up and Move Down arrows as shown in the following image 4 Active Dashboard Properties Prompt Source amp Targets SS Cascades Available Prompts mie Cancel z Apply 9 Click OK The cascade is created 10 Run the report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 433 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard The following image shows the report with the region radio box and the state check box NorthEast A BE SouthEast a 45 of 45 records Page 1 of 1 Product State Quantity FL ele Region Code Sold GA Stereo Systems NorthEast CT 717 LA MA 1 073 MA ME 1 009 NH 355 di NJ 1 307 Ms NY 3 443 NH RI 116 NJ VT 715 NM SouthEast AL 1 131 NY FL 1 651 RI GA 1 660 LA 748 E MS 704 i NM 430 sc 1 107 Televisions NorthEast C
22. Creating and Customizing Reports Selecting an option from the OLAP group such as OLAP panel is accessible generates output that invokes OLAP processing The following image is an example of an OLAP report The OLAP button below the report when clicked launches the OLAP ribbon Stereo Systems 47 673 13 017 422 95 Televisions 31 948 42 979 027 83 Video Players 50 181 16 491 444 00 Video Production 9 686 9 281 163 62 OLAP Procedure How to Create Table of Contents Reports Note You cannot use the Table of Contents with the Accordion feature 1 Create a report 2 On the Format tab in the Navigation group click Table of Contents A table of contents button appears in the top left corner of the report output as shown in the following image Quantity Industry Sold Central Agriculture 218 BioTech 1 872 Chemical Petroleum 1 664 Defense Aerospace 2 607 Entertainment Publishing 3 554 Finance Insurance 2 070 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 173 Creating Customized Report Outputs 3 Double click the button to display the Table of Contents menu shown in the following image The Table of Contents menu enables you to select and view individual values of the first sort By field one value at a time Quantity Table of Contents Sold giet Central 218 HHG NorthEast kait 1 664 H6 SouthEast 2 667 0 View Entire Report On Off A J Remove Table of Contents a Drag the Table of Contents me
23. Document view allows you to build multiple reports and charts on the same canvas The styling design and report building functionality of Live Preview and Query Design view is available in Document view In addition there are many other features that simplify building documents You can build and insert multiple reports in the form of reports and charts into documents You can also insert images and text for presentation and organizational purposes Inserting Reports From Multiple Data Sources Procedure How to Insert Two Reports From Two Different Data Sources With InfoAssist opened in Document view you can insert multiple charts and reports onto the canvas These reports can be from different data sources With documents you have the option to add additional data sources to the document In order to insert reports from different data sources the document must have multiple data sources loaded For more information on adding and switching between data sources see Data Tab on page 62 Note You cannot use multiple data sources when working with a Reporting Object How to Insert Two Reports From Two Different Data Sources A document can display multiple reports from multiple data sources in the same document 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view insert a chart or report 2 f your document has only one data source insert additional data sources WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 361 Building a Document For mo
24. In the upper left corner of the InfoAssist interface click the IA button to open the Application main menu as shown in the following image Options X Exit You can run the following commands from the Application main menu WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 31 Application Main Menu 32 m bub O vb ev New Creates a new report chart dashboard or document The exact functionality of the New command depends on your current InfoAssist session If you open a Reporting Object through InfoAssist and then click New a new report is generated from the Reporting Object You are prompted to choose the type of report you want to create from the Reporting Object When you open a new session of InfoAssist and then click New a new report is created You are prompted to choose a data source as shown in the following image Select a data source ox ee Fixed format sequential Fixed format sequential WebFOCUS WebFOCUS WebFOCUS WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Open Opens an existing item Save Saves a report chart dashboard or document Save As Saves a report chart dashboard or document with a new name Run Runs a report chart dashboard or document immediately Run Deferred Submits a report chart dashboard or document for processing in the background while you continue to work on other tasks Close Closes the currently active report chart dashboard or document WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAs
25. Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 Tile Vertically When you click Tile Vertically if multiple output windows exist they are tiled vertically side by side across the Results panel as shown in the following image This option does not affect open browser windows when you select New Window or Single Window NorthWest Video Production SouthEast Video Production SouthWest Video Production West Video Production Video Production Video Production NorthEast Video Production NorthWest Video Production SouthEast Video Production SouthWest Video Production West Video Production MidEast Video Production Video Production NorthEast Video Production NorthWest Video Production SouthEast Video Production SouthWest Video Production West Video Production MidEast MidEast Video Production NorthEast Video Production NorthWest Video Production SouthEast Video Production SouthWest Video Production West Video Production MAX Product Category Video Production NorthEast Video Production NorthWest Video Production SouthEast Video Production 0 SouthWest Video Production West Video Production Quant Sol 32 46 13 85 25 101 21 70 21 64 5 53 19 18 Region Central Production Video Production Mideast NorthWest Video Production SouthWest Video Production West Video Production 4 Switch Output When you click Switch Output a drop down menu opens where you
26. Reference Output Target Options Output View Options Output Format Options When you run a report the output appears either in a tab in the Results panel or in a new browser window You can create and display output in several different ways depending on the following options You can select these options on the View tab in the Output Window group Cascade Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Single Tab New Tab Single Window C O O O O O O New Window Switch Output window and tab options are also available in the status bar and output window display options are also available in the Navigation taskbar Note When you run a report tab focus is not on the output window and pressing the Tab key does not move the selection To move the Tab focus out of the output window press F6 Output Target Options The following are output target options that you can select Single Tab When you click Single Tab and run a report a new output window is created in the Results panel a report instance is created and an output tab is placed on the Navigation taskbar As you modify a report the same output window is refreshed each time the report is run This option which is the default is ideal when you are working with just one report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 121 Understanding the Results Panel 122 New Tab When you click New Tab each time you run a report a new output window is created in the Results p
27. The available elements and their right click menu options vary according to the chart that you are creating Note The 3D effect is not a default setting It was enabled for the chart in the following image to enhance the appearance of the chart To access the 3D option go to the Format tab and in the Features group click 3D Effect T gt 1201 Best Revenue Generators lt 8 100k 5 gt 80 Quarterly Repot lt 9 60 40k 20K 0 6 gt Stereo Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category 11 3 gt HE Cost E Revenue 1 Series 2 Data Labels WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Legend Horizontal Gridlines Vertical Gridlines XAxis Label Y Axis Label ono a kb WwW Reference Line 9 Annotation 10 Frame 1L Background Using Live Preview In Live Preview the canvas on the right of the window provides a preview of the report or chart that you can interact with The preview is context sensitive meaning that depending on what portion you select different options become available In Live Preview when you hover the mouse over a graph element for example legend axis label title the bounding area is highlighted with a dotted line In the following image the legend is highlighted 120K 100K 80K 60K 40K 20K 0 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 205 Accessing Chart
28. The options are m Markers Only m Line Style Only mi Markers and Line Style 4 Automatic Line Style 4 Marker Position Select an option from this drop down menu to set the position of text relative to the legend marker The options are Left of Text 4 Right of Text 4 Above Text 4 Below Text 4 On Text WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 259 Formatting a Legend Show Beveled Markers Select this option to show beveled markers Clear this option to suppress beveled markers Use the Fill tab to modify the color of the legend area For more information see Format Series Dialog Box on page 209 Use the Border Styles tab to place a border around a legend For more information see Format Series Dialog Box on page 209 The Border Styles tab contains the following options 4 Show Border Select this option to place a border around a legend 4 Color With the Show Border option selected you can click this button to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border Use the Advanced tab to use square markers and marker shapes on a legend The Advanced tab is shown in the following image Sty Format Legend x Legend Options Advanced Markers amp Labels F Square Markers Fill Use Marker Shapes Border Styles vance AS OK Cancel Apply The Advanced tab contains the following options 4 Square Markers Select this option to display square markers on a legend Use Mark
29. Using Slicers Procedure How to Cascade Slicers Controls with fields from the same hierarchy are cascaded together In the following example a report has been created that shows the quantity of products by category sold each year Video Create a report Create multiple slicer groups as described in How to Create a Slicer on page 438 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 445 Filtering With Slicers In the following example two groups have created for this report They are Product and Time Sales Both are from hierarchies so they will cascade Run iD i Ei Home Format Data Asn iea Preview so f Product Category SA in 4 Clear Slicers y Update Preview Run Time jal ry Slicers Layout View Field Options ry Record Limit Time Sales Sy Live Preview 500 Records Product Year Quantity Sold Catego Sales y Update Preview Options Year Sales Quarter Sales Time Shipped 446 WebFOCUS 8 Using Slicers Once you click OK the new control appears in the drop down menu as shown in the following image TAD amp amp Home Format Data Slicers Layout View Preview so Product Category Product Subcategory 7 ear sce COTON ac y Update Preview Run Time fal fe Record Limit Fj Product New Group y Live Preview 500 Records The 1 prior to the decimal point indicates that this is the first cascade you have interacted w
30. _Product Subcategory 2 Quarter 2 7 cer seers oo o o Sy Update Preview unTme PE Record Limit ry Product Fy Time Sales 7 Report 0 Product Year Quantity Category Sales Sold M customer Televisions 2007 1 715 Note The order of a cascade is dynamic For example if you selected Camcorder from Product Subcategory first then the Product Category control would have a value of Video Production WebFOCUS 8 Using Slicers Edit Slicers Dialog Box You can access the Edit Slicers dialog box by clicking the edit button next to the group labels on the Slicers tab as shown in the following image iA amp E Orun Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View 7 news review IE nein ler Ses oo E WY Update Preview pet jal Options Record Limit Group 1 E amp Dimensions S Geography Region State Code E Product na o pF Prod a ct Category The Edit Slicers dialog box contains the following tabs 4 General 4 Record Limit 4 Group tab for each slicer group WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 449 Edit Slicers Dialog Box General Tab Use the General tab to show or hide the Options group and to automatically update the Interactive preview You can also reorder or delete existing groups on this tab The General tab is shown in the following image a Edit Slicers ox General Record Limit Show Options group E Auto Update Preview Group 1 Grou
31. as shown in the following image Run Inte phtome Format Slicers Product Category Region Revenue 13 017 422 95 42 979 027 83 16 491 444 00 9 281 163 62 4 Run Home Format Slicers Product Category Region Revenue Stereo Systems West 13 017 422 95 Televisions West 42 979 027 83 Video Players West 16 491 444 00 Video Production West 9 281 163 62 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 463 Creating an InfoMini Application 3 To use the InfoMini application in Interactive mode click Interactive as shown in the following image a Run Interactive BS Edit Home Format Slicers WY Product Category Region Revenue Stereo Systems West 13 017 422 95 Televisions West 42 979 027 83 Video Players West 16 491 444 00 Video Production West 9 281 163 62 The tabs that are enabled appear on the ribbon For example in the preceding image the Home Format and Slicers tab were enabled in InfoMini and appear on the ribbon The available options on these tabs provide the same functionality as they do in InfoAssist You can use this embedded functionality to change the report at run time For more information on the tabs and options that can be enabled in Interactive mode see Interactive Mode on page 458 For example in the following image active report has been selected as the output format for the report 464 WebFOCUS 9 Building InfoMini Applications The following image shows the active report at ru
32. type the text for the annotation In the Position drop down menu select the position for the annotation on the chart The options are Top Left Top Middle Top Right Middle Left Middle Right Bottom Left Bottom Middle bu O O O O O O Bottom Right 6 Click OK to save the options that you selected and close the Annotation dialog box The annotation is added to the chart 7 Click Run to generate the report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 353 Using Additional Formatting Features 354 The following image shows a chart with an annotation in the middle right position Products a o N 5 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Creating and Customizing Documents Designing documents in Document view allows you to add text images active Topics form controls reports and charts to 3 Accessing Document View create documents that can be used to generate presentation ready reports lt J Building a Document based on your data Document view combines the features of report building with the ability to style and present customized documents WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 355 Accessing Document View Accessing Document View In Document view you can 4 Build a new document 4 Open an existing document 1 Generate a new document from an existing single report A blank InfoAssist canvas in Do
33. 100 from the Format Labels menu on the Format Gauge dialog box the Custom Format menu becomes available When you select a custom format it must be defined using a custom format pattern For a list and description of the characters that you can use in a custom format see the table in Formatting Data Labels on page 242 Click OK The scale labels reflect the format selection that you have made Procedure How to Rotate Axis Labels 1 2 3 334 Create a gauge chart Right click an axis label On the right click menu point to Rotate then select the degree to which you want the labels rotated The following image shows a gauge chart with the axis labels rotated 45 degrees Quantity Sold Stereo Systems WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Procedure How to Set Gauge Tick Marks This procedure describes how to set the grid step tick color and tick length for the major and minor tick marks The following image shows a gauge chart with default tick marks 1 2 Create a gauge chart Open the Format Gauge dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges 4 Right Click Menu Right click the gauge chart and select More Gauge Options The Format Gauge dialog box opens On the Tick Marks tab for the Automatic Grid Step either accept the value automatically supplied by the chart engine or enter your own in the Value fields Click the Tic
34. 120 100 Show 3D On cs 3 80 2 S 60 So Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category The 3D effect is applied to the chart as shown in the following image 140 120 100 80 60 Quantity Sold 40 20 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 347 Using Additional Formatting Features Procedure 348 How to Rotate a Chart You can rotate bar line and area charts to change the orientation of the data The following image shows a vertical chart before it is rotated 140 120 100 80 60 Quantity Sold 40 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category 1 Create a chart 2 On the Format tab in the Features group click Rotate WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The chart is rotated 90 degrees clockwise The following is an example of the same chart above now rotated Stereo Systems D i Televisions a g 2 s oO 3 3 2 Video Players a Video Production 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Quantity Sold Procedure How to Display Reference Lines Reference lines draw attention to specific data locations on a chart You can add up to three horizontal X axis and three vertical Y axis reference lines to a chart 1 Create a chart 2 On the Format tab in the Features
35. 198 creating a basic chart 199 creating a combination chart 202 creating a dual axis chart 202 creating a multi axis chart 203 creating an advanced chart 200 creating and customizing 181 displaying annotations 352 funnel 197 gauge 197 gauge thermometer 197 horizontal bar charts 185 horizontal box plot 197 library of advanced charts 199 line charts 188 Live Preview 205 multi axis 191 pareto 197 pie 186 polar 193 reference lines 349 removing 3D depth 345 right click menu 206 selecting 183 special 197 spectral map 197 476 charts continued stock 196 using Active Technologies 406 vertical bar charts 184 vertical box plot 197 visualizing data with 182 XY plot 191 color bands setting 282 Color dialog box 46 color mode by group 241 by series 241 Color Mode By Group setting 216 By Series setting 216 color banded rows of data in reports 148 column totals in reports 163 combination charts 198 creating a new procedure 23 D data labels associated dialog boxes 243 changing the position 255 custom format characters 249 formatting 242 right click menu 253 showing 254 using properties 254 Data pane adding fields to a report 104 Data Panel group 79 Data Source group 72 Data tab 62 64 68 72 Calculation group 62 Data Source group 72 Display group 72 Filter group 68 WebFOCUS Data tab continued Join group 64 Design group 41 Destination group 54 Detail DEFINE dialog box 63 Display group 9
36. Advanced Tools V Grid Tool A OK Cancel 2 Apply The Menu Options tab contains the following options 4 User Type The options are Power Analyst Basic and Custom 4 Power This is the default user type and enables all functionality 4 Analyst This user type has the following functionality Show Records Freeze Hide Unhide Export Sorting Pivot Filter Calculations Chart Visualize Restore Original Save Changes and Accordion WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 401 Creating an Active Technologies Report 402 bu O O O O O O O O ke bk C C O O O O O O 4 Basic This user type has the following functionality Show Records Freeze Hide Unhide Sorting Filter Calculations Visualize and Restore Original Custom If you select a combination of options that does not match one of the existing user types Power Analyst Basic the User level name that appears in the User Type field is Custom This is not a default user type or a selectable user type It is used to show that options for this user do not match any of the existing user types Show Records Can show all records or specific numbers of records Freeze Can freeze and unfreeze columns Hide Unhide Can hide and show columns Export Can export data as HTML CSV or Excel XML formats Sorting Can sort data in ascending and descending order Pivot Can pivot data Window Type Can show window as cascade or tabs Send as Email Can send r
37. Bi Polar Absolute Area Not in HTML5 HTMLS Vertical Bi Polar Stacked Area Not in HTML5 Horizontal Bi Polar Stacked Area Not in HTML5 Vertical Percent Area Horizontal Percent Area Radars WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Multi Axis Charts Bar line and area chart types have multi axis options such as dual axis charts and multi Y charts where you can compare one X axis value to several Y axis measures InfoAssist allows you to assign each individual series to the Y1 through Y5 axis For more information see How to Create a Dual Axis Chart on page 202 When to use Use a multi axis chart when you want to plot values on an additional axis or multiple axes to compare multiple sets of data that are on different scales For example the following image is a dual axis chart that shows the quantity of inventory pieces sold and the revenue that their sales generate 140 120k 120 100k 100 80 80k 60 60K 40 40k 20 20k Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category HM Quantity Sold WM Revenue XY Plot Charts In this section XY Plot Chart Types An XY plot chart depicts the relationships among the numeric values in several data series It plots two groups of numbers where for every X value there is a corresponding Y value This results in a single point of XY coordinate When to use Use XY plot charts when you have two sets of numbers
38. C C O O O O O HTML active report active Flash PDF active PDF Excel PowerPoint Note When you create a report in Document view you have access to Excel only When you create a report in Live Preview or Query Design view you have access to the following Excel output types m m m Excel Outputs the report in Excel format Excel 2007 Outputs the report in Excel 2007 format Excel Formula Outputs the report using native Excel formulas for totals and computed values Excel Pivot Outputs the report in Excel with pivot table processing WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Styling Reports You can apply custom styling to specific areas of a report When creating a report in InfoAssist you can perform the following styling customization 4 Global styling for the entire report For more information see How to Perform Report Level Styling on page 139 4 Style data and column titles For more information see How to Perform Field Level Styling in a Report on page 142 4 Style headings and footings For more information see How to Style Headings and Footing in a Report on page 148 4 Style the rows of data with alternating colors For more information see How to Style Rows of Data With Alternating Colors in a Report on page 148 4 Apply traffic light conditional styling to data For more information see How to Apply Traffic Light Conditional Styling to a Report By Constant on page 149 and H
39. Color The Frame amp Background dialog box opens 3 On the Background tab in the Fill area click the Color icon The Color dialog box opens Select a new color for the background For more information on the Color dialog box see Color Dialog Box on page 46 4 Click OK The chart displays the new background color WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 315 Formatting a Frame and a Background In the following image the chart now has a background color 316 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Formatting a Gauge Chart In this section Format Gauge Dialog Box Gauge Elements Right Click Menu Using Gauge Properties A gauge chart is a circular chart that indicates the current position of a single data value within a given spectrum A gauge chart shown in the following image 46 15629M Dollar Sales You can change the appearance of a gauge chart by using the gauge chart options found on the Format Gauge dialog box WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 317 Formatting a Gauge Chart Format Gauge Dialog Box 318 Whether you access gauge options from the ribbon or the right click menu you are presented with the Format Gauge dialog box of options for formatting a gauge chart Such options include setting and styling a title for the gauge chart setting tick marks enabling and styling color bands as well as setting advanced options such as the gauge start and stop angle The Format Gauge
40. Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard In this section Active Technologies Dashboard Prompts Target Reports Using Multiple Reports as Targets and Sources How to Add an Active Technologies Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard Change the Filter Condition Add Multiple Prompts to a Dashboard Cascade Prompts You can create an active dashboard by inserting active dashboard prompts into a document to act as filters on the reports of the dashboard You can also cascade chain prompts to populate based on the selections of the previous prompts The output format of the active dashboard must be active report active Flash or active PDF in order to add active dashboard prompts Active Technologies Dashboard Prompts The active dashboard prompts group contains buttons to click to insert active dashboard prompts into your dashboard This group is only visible when the output format of the dashboard is set to active report active PDF or active Flash You access the active dashboard prompts on the Format tab in the Output Types group The active dashboards prompts group is shown in the following image TAD F Led e Run A Ea Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field z d aia A ms amp z7 O m Report Chart Existing Text Image Drop List Checkbox Radio Text Report Box Down Button Reports Objects Active Dashboard Prompts The following are the types of active dashboard prompts that you can use to apply filters to an active d
41. Direction Gradient right Gradient Style Color Pattern First color Second color f Transparency SK The Fill tab contains the following options 4 No fill Select this option to remove the color from the series Transparency d 4 Solid fill Select this option to display the Color and Transparency options WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual x 0 0 Cancel amp Apply 209 Formatting a Series Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the series Transparency Move the slider to make the bands opaque 0 or transparent 100 The default is 0 4 Gradient fill Select this option to display the direction of the gradient the color pattern of the gradient and the degrees of transparency for the two colors that make up the gradient A gradient is a smooth color transition or blending of one color to another The number of colors to use in a gradient is defined by the stop or pin elements 4 Direction Select from this drop down menu to set the direction of the gradient fill The options are J Gradient right Gradient left Gradient down Gradient up Gradient down left Gradient up left Gradient down right Gradient up right Radial Radial top left Radial top right Radial bottom left Radial bottom right Radial pie C C O O O O O O O O O O we DO Radial pie inverted 210 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Use the Border tab
42. Displays all repeated sort values instead of blanks in the output after the first instance of a new sort value which is the default behavior Stack Measures Displays all numeric measure field names in a column of the report output with the corresponding numeric data values For more information see How to Implement Stack Measures on page 178 active report options Opens the active report options dialog box where you can configure your active report options such as menu items graph engine and colors For more information see Creating an Active Technologies Report on page 392 Accessibility Allows a title to be added to a report chart or document that is Section 508 compliant The following table lists the output for which each feature is available Yes means the output is available for the feature No means that the output is not available for the feature active active active PowerPoint report Flash PDF Title Popup WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 57 Format Tab active PowerPoint Flash sents e foe fe Te Repeat Sort Values Accessibility reports yes no charts Accessibility no no documents Features Group Charts The Features group for charts contains commands to select custom chart features including 3D Effect Rotate Reference Annotate Grid Frame amp Background Gauges active Report Options and Accessibility It is shown in the following image r a aK me T p A 3D Rotate
43. E Report Chart g Text Box Image Reports Double click to edit 2 Product Quantity Time Estimated Delivery B Year Estimated Delivery B Education 3 Right click the text and click Edit Text as shown in the following image fA a amp pun Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Fizld Ema iBee Report Chart Existing Text Image Report Box Reports Objects P Document Double click to edit N Edit Text Year Shipped amp 532 Size and Position S Time Delivery at x Delete es Product Quantity 132 n 108 23 Note You can also activate the context menus by double clicking the text This actions provides the same functionality as right clicking and then clicking Edit Text A cursor appears over the text WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 387 Building a Document 4 Click anywhere in the text box and begin entering text TAD Report en i Run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Fiad A a Chart Existing Text Image Report Box Reports Objects 5 Geography B Region B Product Product Category 5 Time Sales Year Sales i Time Shipped Year Shipped Time Delivery Year Delivery Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery E Education Quantity Sol 132 n 108 23 TAD B
44. E eee eadoreiiaapdeege conch A 36 Home TaDisiei a e E a a Er aE a e e 39 FORMAL GlOUD EE E A A E EA E mars 39 D sigi GrOWP ii2iisicscncGos saddest scunGancatdos ted aa aa Kaa ar E aE Eina E Ea E ddeadas E E NETR 41 Filter GrOU P sninn aeei e a iR eie E EEE AEE TE 42 Report GOUD ce renipieesnip a ae i eia aip a Eei EEEE IEEE E 42 Report Style Dialog BoxX 2 ccccceccceceecsecececcececescececeececececcecessececescececersececetseenees 45 Color Dialog BOX 226 iccek os loske ences note a e aE a eE a evchlu EE RE siete 46 ISO Tabra a a E 47 REDOMS GOUD enina iare eaaa E Ea ES E E A aad 48 ODJECtS GrOU Dirrie eeg e E E e E E E E S EE 48 Active Technologies Dashboard Prompts Group ccccecceceeeeeeceeeeaeceeeeaeceeaecesueaeeeees 49 Format TaD sstiectecevcseveeweckeces i a a a aa eaaa e aaia aa E a aea dd a iaaah yes 50 Output Types GrOUPiiss isiro nenirmeieaki eenei aeii aai ia aiina e ee iaaiiai EE 51 DESTINATION GroUD aecenas aaora rE E O a E NE 54 Navigation Group Reports ONy ccccececeececsecececsececeeaeceeeeeseeaeaeseeaeaeseesecesereseees 55 Features Group REPOrts ccccceccecseeceeceecececeecececeecececuececeesececeeseaecueceaeceeseceseeseseses 57 Features Group Charts cccccccccscceceeceeceeceeceececuucuecaeceeceesecuecueseseesenaessueceseesensases 58 Chart Types Group Charts ccccccceececcececeecececeececeeeeseceeeeeesueseseeeeseeeseesesesenseseners 60 Labels Group CHANS ssec pasii
45. Formatting Tools 206 In Live Preview when you select a graph element for example legend axis label title the bounding area is highlighted with a solid line In the following image the legend is selected FY Interactive Design View 2M 1 6M 1 2M 800K 400K 0 Midwest Northeast Southeast West Region H Dollar Sales W Budget Units Once you select a chart element you can access all available design options on the ribbon or you can right click an element to open a right click menu of frequently used design options Once you have selected your design option from the ribbon or the menu InfoAssist instantly applies it to the chart element so that you see the result immediately WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts i This image shows an Live Preview of a bar chart in Live Preview In this example the right click menu for a series field element is opened 120K 80k 60K 40K 20K Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category sf Show legend Legend Position Legend Orientation gt More Legend Options Right click menus are enabled for charts that are generated with either sample data or live data from your data source Note Right click menus are not available in InfoAssist Basic The following sections describe the chart elements the ribbon options and the right click menus that you can work with to design you
46. How to Display Annotations on page 352 Note The annotation option is not available in HTML5 The annotation option is not available in InfoAssist Basic 4 Grid Opens a drop down menu allowing you to expand options for Horizontal or Vertical Gridlines Both selections allow you to enable or disable Major and Minor Gridlines Clicking More Options opens the Format Grid Lines dialog box For more information see Formatting Gridlines on page 267 Frame amp Background Opens the Frame amp Background dialog box where you can edit the background style and frames for charts The dialog contains different options depending on the chart type selected For more information see Formatting a Frame and a Background on page 298 4 Gauges Opens the Gauge dialog box where you can edit your gauge chart This button is only available when a gauge chart type is selected For more information see How to Style a Gauge Needle on page 339 Note Gauge options are not available in InfoAssist Basic active report Options Opens the active report options dialog box where you can configure your active report options such as menu items graph engine and colors This button is available when the output type is set to active report active Flash or active PDF Note Annotate is not available in HTML5 4 Accessibility Allows a title to be added to a report chart or document that is Section 508 compliant This option is only available for reports an
47. How to Sort the Fields in a Series For more information see Sort Group on page 89 1 Create a chart 2 Select a series 3 Sort the series in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Field tab in the Sort Group click Up to sort the series values from smallest to largest or click Down to sort the series values from largest to smallest 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series on the chart and point to Sort and then Sort again Click Ascending to sort the series values from smallest to largest or click Descending to sort the series values from largest to smallest Select Limit to open a list of values to display for a sort group WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 229 Formatting a Series 230 The chart appears with the series sorted accordingly The following image shows a vertical bar chart before sorting is applied Business Ser Canstructan Architecture Deiense Aerospace Educa Ertertanmernt Publicting Firan harane Food Beverage Government Industry Hestcare Law Accounting Taxes Manufacturing Engineering Pharmaceuicat Telecommuricatars Tourssen Trave 0 4K 8K 12K 16K 20K The following image shows the same data sorted in descending highest to lowest order Law Accounting Taxes Extertnmnert Pubtisting Deters Aerospace Hesithicre Education Manufacturing Engineering Sotware Hardware BiaTech Firunoe surance Industry Touris
48. InfoAssist User s Manual 107 Understanding the Resources Panel The following image shows the Query field container area of the Query Design pane as it appears in the Resources panel for pie charts in Live Preview and Query Design view ul Query lif Measure Sum Quantity Sold IR Slices IR Category E Region IR Multi graph Using Right Click Field Options in the Query Design Pane Reference Right Click Field Options in Query Design Pane In the Query Design pane you can right click any field and select from a list of available options that are displayed in the menu that appears The options that you can select vary depending on the type of Query field container Sum By Across in which the field is located and the type of report that you are creating report or chart Report When you create a report the Query field containers in the Query Design pane include Measure Sum By and Across 108 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 Sum Right clicking a Sum field in a report displays the Filter Values Sort Visibility Change Title Edit Format More and Delete options You can point to More to access the Data Bars Aggregation Functions Traffic Light Conditions Sub Header Sub Footer and Missing options The right click menu is shown in the following image Yy Filter values J Sort visibility EI Change Title N Edit Format More E Data Bars x Delete ER Aggregation F
49. Labels tab to format the layout of the axis labels The Labels tab is shown in the following image Format Vertical Axis Labels Title 7 Show Labels Labels Axis side Left v Advanced Style labes 9 E Stagger Labels Format Labels General v Custom Format 4 A OK Q Cancel amp Apply The Labels tab contains the following options Show Labels Select this option to display labels next to the axis This is enabled by default Clear this option to suppress labels 4 Axis side Select from this drop down menu of position options for the labels on the axis The options are Left default Right or Both 4 Style labels Click this icon to open the Style dialog box where you can style text 4 Stagger Labels Select this option to set the labels to appear staggered 4 Format Labels Select from this drop down menu of preset formats that can be applied to the labels Custom Format Select this option to use a custom format The Format Labels drop down menu provides a list of preset formats that you can apply to labels When you select a custom format it must be defined using a custom format pattern See the following table for a list and description of the characters that you can use ina custom format WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts e e O semicolon Separates formats dash Is the default negative prefix percent Divides by 100 and shows as a percentage X Determines that any o
50. Options The Format Grid Lines dialog box opens WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 283 Formatting Axis Labels 4 On the Quadrant Lines tab select Show Quadrant Line The quadrant line displays on the chart 5 Click OK to close the Format Grid Lines dialog box The following image shows the same chart with quadrant lines 400k 350 300k 2501 200k Cost 1504 100k 50k a il Oo pA 7 o ag l n i m B 400 00 600 00 800 00 1 000 00 1 200 00 1 400 00 1 600 00 1 800 00 MSRP Formatting Axis Labels 284 In this section Format Axis Dialog Box Axis Elements Right Click Menu Using Axis Properties Vertical and horizontal axes are based on the orientation of the graph For example in a vertical graph the horizontal axis refers to the X axis and the vertical axis refers to the Y axis In a horizontal graph the horizontal axis refers to the Y axis and the vertical axis refers to the X axis This is important to consider since options could change depending on the orientation of the graph A chart can contain the following types of axis labels 4 Horizontal axis labels represent the X axis They do not apply to pie funnel or gauge charts WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Vertical axis labels represent the Y1 axis in a single axis chart They represent a numeric scale usually located on the left side of a vertical chart 4 Secondary horizontal and vertical lab
51. Orientation button opens a menu of options as shown in the following image Portrait Landscape The second type of button is a split button Clicking the left side of the split button performs a default action Clicking the down arrow on the right side of the button opens a menu of options The Header amp Footer button on the Home tab in the Report group is an example of a split button It is shown in the following image Header amp Footer Clicking the Header amp Footer button on the left opens the Header amp Footer dialog box shown in the following image EsHeader amp Footer Report Header Page Header 3 Page Footer Preteens 6 3 Report Footer Reset Cancel Apply WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 37 Ribbon 38 Clicking the down arrow on the right opens a menu of options shown in the following image Report Header Page Header Page Footer Report Footer Some options open dialog boxes of additional commands and option lists The ribbon displays all controls and commands using different sized icons and groups depending on the size of the monitor and application window In the following example the Features group is fully expanded and all its icons are visible Lyla Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field MARAE A2 4 me eB E Report HTML HTS Active Active PDF Active c PowerPoint InfoMini b Navigation Title Report Flash PDF Fie Popup Output Types Destinatio
52. Prompt using Data Values Dynamic option or the Prompt using Text Input Simple option the Values drop down menu is unavailable The Filter dialog box is shown in the following image Y Filter for PRODUCT ox Cancel Values Prompt Equal to v oOo When you select an existing filter in the Filter area of the Query Design pane choosing Exclude removes but does not delete the filter from the report When you select a filter that was previously excluded from a report in the Filter area of the Query Design pane choosing Include restores the filter to the report Prompt Opens the Filter dialog box for creating an auto prompting parameter that you can select when you run a report The Filter dialog box is used to create both filters and auto prompting parameters The following options are available in the Prompt drop down menu Prompt using Data Values Dynamic This is the default value 4 Prompt using Selection Static 4 Prompt using Text Input Simple WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 87 Field Tab 88 4 Allow Multiple Values for Prompt Displays a multi select menu in the output window when you create a dynamic auto prompting parameter for a field and then run the report The Filter dialog box shown in the following image creates a filter that displays a dynamic auto prompt when the report is run for the Product field The dynamic auto prompt lists the products that you can select Filter for
53. Q canel amp Apply The Frame tab for 2D charts and 2D charts with 3D effects contains the following options 302 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Automatically Shade Frame Edge Select this option to automatically shade the frame edge Clear this option to enable the Side Frame and Bottom Frame options Side Frame m m Show Color Select this option to show the color of the side frame Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the side frame Show Border Color Select this option to show the color of the border of the side frame Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border of the side frame Bottom Frame m m Show Color Select this option to show the color of the bottom frame Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the bottom frame Show Border Color Select this option to show the color of the bottom frame Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border of the bottom frame WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 303 Formatting a Frame and a Background Use the Frame tab for pie charts to set pie depth and tilt select a fill and color for a pie frame and set a shadow for the frame The Frame tab is shown in the following image EI Frame amp Background Frame km Frame Edge Back
54. QUANTITY_SOLD ox Cance E Yalues 1 Prompt The following is an example of a dialog box that prompts the user for a parameter value This dialog box opens when you run a report after creating a dynamic auto prompting parameter for the Product field P Report3 0 Eun east ia GieanOutoutas E run in a new window A biiisistss W 1 Specify values for all parameters 2 Select the run button to submit the request WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface If you click the Allow Multiple Values for Prompt button while creating a dynamic auto prompting parameter a multi select menu appears when the report is run Selecting multiple parameter values displays the output in the same dialog box as the prompt as shown in the following image No Selection A C MidEast NorthEast Run reset Clear Output Run in a new window Quantity Region Sold Revenue Central 32 463 19 160 774 07 Sort Group The Sort group contains sort options including the default Up ascending sort Down descending sort Rank reports only and Limit reports only It is shown in the following image meen Up Down Rank Limit Sort 4 Up Default Sorts the selected field in ascending order 1 Down Sorts the selected field in descending order 4 Rank Inserts a rank column immediately to the left if a Sort By field is selected It also adds a ra
55. Reference Annotate Frame amp Gauges Active Report Accessibility Effect Background Options Features 4 3D Effect Default Sets the three dimensional view to on or off The 3D Effect feature is disabled for 3D stock gauge gauge thermometer Pareto spectral map and funnel chart types 4 Rotate Toggles between a vertical display or horizontal display of a chart For more information see How to Rotate a Chart on page 348 The Rotate feature is disabled for pie scatter 3D stock gauge gauge thermometer Pareto spectral map and funnel chart types 4 Reference Opens a drop down menu that provides the Add Reference Line to Y axis and Add Reference Line to X axis options Selecting one of these options opens the appropriate Reference Line dialog box where you can set the specific X axis or Y axis value type the text that you want and position the reference line on a chart For more information see How to Display Reference Lines on page 349 The Reference feature is disabled for pie 3D stock gauge gauge thermometer Pareto spectral map and funnel chart types Note The reference line option is not available in InfoAssist Basic 58 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Annotate Opens a drop down menu that provides the Add an annotation option Selecting this option opens the Annotation dialog box where you can type the text that you want and position the annotation on a chart For more information see
56. Report111 ox T Reportij2 SEN n gt 4 j p LETSTE _ ox A H P Report1 4 0x i j l F Report115 0x d i E l MAX E T t r Product Quantity ie iE EEN Category Sold fice r Central Video Production 32 463 Y e ce MidEast Video Production 13 851 y NorthEast Video Production 25 108 4 NorthWest Video Production 21 702 SouthEast Video Production 21 645 y SouthWest Video Production 5 537 West Video Production 19 182 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 123 Understanding the Results Panel 4 Tile Horizontally When you click Tile Horizontally if multiple output windows exist they are tiled horizontally one above another across the Results panel as shown in the following image This option does not affect open browser windows when you select New Window or Single Window MAX Product Quantity E Region Category Sold Central Video Production 32 463 aa MEn Wdan Denduntan 4 OR4 i Report1 4 Oo gt Ba MAX 3 Product Quantity Region Category Sold Central Video Production 32 463 AMADA Wina eee 49 OF4 z P Report 1 3 0x a MAX g Product Quantity Region Category Sold Central Video Production 32 463 RAE art idan Nendntinn 49 0F4 a MAX g Product Quantity Region Category Sold Central Video Production 32 463 ANAT Vt Peete 49 r4 OO P Report 1 ox A MAX 3 Product Quantity Region Category Sold Central Video Production 32 463 MAE His ieia 43 0R4 d 124 WebFOCUS Reference 3
57. Select a data source m A Lookin C Reporting Server x 4 E hyperstagetesting hyperstagetesting hyperstagetesting hyperstagetesting hyperstagetesting hyperstagetesting ow S Cancel 4 Switch Opens a drop down list of all the data sources that have been added You can choose which data source is currently active and being used to create new reports You can also switch data sources by selecting a report that is using a data source different from the one that is currently active WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 73 Slicers Tab Slicers Tab The Slicers tab provides the ability to create and edit slicers Slicers are dynamic filters that you can use with reports charts dashboards and documents For more information on Slicers see Using Slicers on page 437 The Slicers tab is shown in the following image Note The slicer capabilities are only available in the full version of InfoAssist They are not available in InfoAssist Basic Options Group The Options group contains the New Group Clear Slicers and Update Preview commands Q New Group Creates a new group of similar slicers 4 Clear Slicers Resets all slicers so that no filtering is done Q Update Preview Applies slicers to preview Record Limit Group The Record Limit group contains the Preview and Run Time drop down menus 4 Preview Sets the number of records retrieved from the data source for preview The options are 4 All 41 4 10
58. Stereo Systems Product Region Category MidEast Televisions NorthEast Televisions SouthEast Televisions Televisions Video Players Using Multiple Reports as Targets and Sources How to Build a Dashboard With Multiple Reports as Targets and Sources Change the Field You can add multiple reports and charts to a dashboard Each report can have multiple prompts associated with it WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 411 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard Procedure How to Build a Dashboard With Multiple Reports as Targets and Sources 412 The following procedure describes how to set up active dashboard prompts for two reports on a dashboard In the example that is used the first report contains information about the categories of electronics products sold in various regions The Region field will be bound to a group of radio buttons Each radio button will represent a particular region in which the electronics are sold When you select a radio button for a region for example NorthEast the report will be filtered by your selection The second report contains information about the gender and age group of electronics consumers The Gender field will be bound to a drop down list The list will display the values male and female When you select a gender from the drop down list the report will be filtered by your selection 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view and at least two reports on the canvas a
59. The Pages On Demand option is available only when HTML or active report output format is selected 4 Auto Drill amp Analysis Generates output which invokes OLAP processing For more information see How to Create OLAP Reports on page 171 The OLAP option is activated only when HTML output format is selected WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Features Group Reports The Features group for reports contains commands to select specialized reporting features including Title Popup Accordion Repeat Sort Value Stack Measures active report Options and Accessibility The Features group is shown in the following image _ 9 He i hs Tite Popup Accordion Repeat Sort Stack Active Report Accessibility Value Measures Options Features 4 Title Popup Displays pop up titles when the mouse pointer hovers over a column title in the report output For more information see How to Add Pop Up Titles to a Report on page 165 4 Accordion Creates expandable views of data for each vertical sort field This option displays data values only for the first vertical sort field when you first view the output You can manually expand your view to expose the data values of lower level sort fields For more information see How to Create Accordion Reports on page 177 Note You cannot use the Table of Contents with the Accordion feature For more information see Navigation Group Reports Only on page 55 4 Repeat Sort Value
60. WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 Units Enables you to select the unit of measurement used for customizing the dimensions of your report or chart You can choose Inches Centimeters or Points Page Numbers Reports only Enables you to select page numbering options You can choose one of the following No Lead no space for headers 4 On page numbers only in headers 4 Off space for headers but no page numbering The Page Numbers value is overridden by header and footer text options Size amp Arrange Group The Size amp Arrange group contains commands to size charts and document components The Size amp Arrange group contains the Height and Width Auto Overflow Aspect Ration Autofit Align and Relative Position commands The Size amp Arrange group is available when working with charts and documents For more information on using the options available in the Size amp Arrange group to lay out components in a document see Editing Components in a Document on page 374 Report Group The Report group contains commands to customize report spacing settings Cell Padding and Autofit Column are for reports only 4 Cell Padding Opens the Cell Padding dialog box where you can set specific values to control the amount of space inserted between rows and columns in a report For more information see How to Use Cell Padding in a Report on page 152 Autofit Column Limits the width of columns in a repo
61. You can point to More to access the Aggregation Functions Traffic Light Conditions and Missing options The right click menu is shown in the following image ui Query B hii Measure Sum Quantity Sold Wi x Axis Y Filter values Product Catead 4 Sort S lif Legend Series fa visibility Region lif Muiti graph EI Change Title EA Aggregation Functions 4 Traffic Light Conditions N 4 X Axis or Legend Series Right clicking an X Axis or Legend Series field in a chart displays the Filter Values Sort Visibility Change Title More and Delete options You can point to More to access the Missing option The right click menu is shown in the following image ul Query hii Measure Sum Quantity Sold Wii x Axis Product Category lif Legend Series Y Filter values 2y Sort fe visibility El Change Title WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Reference Coordinated or Multi graph Right clicking a Coordinated field or a Multi graph field in a chart displays only the Delete option The right click menu is shown in the following image ul Query hil Measure Sum Quantity Sold Wi X Axis Product Category lif Legend Series E Region lif Multi graph E Year Shiaes Right Click Field Options in Query Design Pane The following table lists and describes all the right click field options avai
62. a 3D chart Revenue 35K 30K 25K 20K 15K 10K 5K Year Product Sales Category 3D Chart Types The following table lists the available 3D chart types 3D Octagon Not in HTML5 3D Cylinder Not in HTML5 3D Floating Cubes Not in HTML5 3D Floating Pyramids Not in HTML5 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 195 Selecting a Chart Available 3D Chart Types 3D Connected Series Area 3D Connected Series Ribbon 3D Connected Group Area 3D Connected Group Ribbon 3D Cone Not in HTML5 3D Sphere Not in HTML5 3D Surface 3D Surface with Sides Not in HTML5 3D Smooth Surface Not in HTML5 3D Smooth Surface with Sides Not in HTML5 Stock Charts In this section Stock Chart Types Stock charts track the trend of a particular stock They show the trading volume of the stock its opening and closing values and its high and low values over a specific time period The data is represented by sets of bars or lines 160k 120k 804 e 0 80k 60k 7 i ei 20k 80 06 02 81 07 01 81 11 02 82 01 04 82 02 02 82 04 01 82 05 01 82 07 01 82 08 01 196 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Stock Chart Types The following table lists the available stock chart types Available Stock Chart Types Stock Hi Lo Not in HTML5 Stock Hi Lo with Volume Not in HTML5 Stock Hi Lo Open Close Not in HTML5 Stock Hi Lo Open Close with Volume Not in HTML5 Open Hi Lo
63. active report is a report that is designed for offline analysis For more information see Creating an Active Technologies Report on page 392 Procedure How to Create an Active Technologies Chart 1 Create a chart 2 On the Format tab in the Output Types group click active report active Flash or active PDF 3 Generate the chart The following image shows an HTML5 pie chart that shows the sum of the values in the Quantity Sold field by Region 6 Quantity Sold MidEast W NorthEast W NorthWest W SouthEast E SouthWest 406 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist Active Technologies Options for Charts Options for an active chart are described in the following table Top Displays the top values Options are Top 3 Top 5 Top 10 and Clear Top Chart Rollup Tool Opens the Chart Rollup Tool which you can use to select multiple group fields in the chart or rollup table generated The Chart Rollup Tool contains a list of columns available in the active report and Group By and Measure sort fields Click and drag the columns into the desired sort field Views data as a pie chart wooo Original Chart Restores the active chart to the chart type specified in the report procedure Sum Applies the following options to the Measure field Sum Avg Min Max Count and Distinct WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 407 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard
64. are directly linked to the options available in the Output Window group of the View tab WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Using the Status Bar The status bar displays the status of the last selected action a reports button that shows the number of open reports an output format button that shows the selected format and an output target button that shows the selected option for displaying new output windows or tabs The status bar is shown in the following image Done 5 Reports gt HTML fRySindleTab When you click the reports button a menu opens with options for selecting any of the open reports Each report is listed by name and an icon which represents the report type report chart document The report you select becomes active When you click the output format button a menu opens with options for selecting a different output format Output formats include HTML active report active Flash PDF active PDF Excel Excel 2007 Excel Formula Excel Pivot and PowerPoint When you click the output target button a menu opens with options for Single Tab default New Tab Single Window and New Window For more information see Understanding Output Options on page 121 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 133 Using the Status Bar 134 WebFOCUS A You can apply styling to specific areas of a report to customize its appearance and functionality You can also use the many optional re
65. area provides settings for printing reports and charts 4 Page Size Values are A4 A3 A5 Letter Tabloid and Legal The default value is Letter 4 Orientation Values are Portrait and Landscape The default value is Portrait WebFOCUS 2 Getting Started With InfoAssist View The View area provides settings for establishing the design view in which you will work the type of data you will use when you preview your output the limit you need to set on your record input how your data and query panels will look and the output target that you will use 4 Design View Values are Interactive and Query Select Interactive to activate the Preview Method drop down menu The default value is Interactive Preview Method Values are Preview with Source Data and Preview with Sample Data This menu becomes active when you select Interactive from the Design View drop down menu The default value is Preview with Source Data 4 Record Limit Values are All records 1 10 50 500 or you can type a numeric value directly in the menu The default value is 500 4 Data Panel Values are Logical List and Structured The default value is Logical Query Panel Values are 2x2 2 columns by 2 rows 1x4 1 column by 4 rows and Tree The default value is Tree 4 Output Target Values are Single Tab New Tab Single Window and New Window The default value is Single Tab Format The Format area provides settings for the output types for
66. be able to open the modified procedure in the tool How This Manual Is Organized This manual includes the following chapters Introducing InfoAssist Describes the benefits of the InfoAssist ad hoc reporting tool how to access it and how to use its start up screen Getting Started With Describes how to start working with each version of InfoAssist the InfoAssist application and how to set your user preferences Navigating the InfoAssist Describes how to use the elements that make up the Interface application window Creating and Customizing Describes how to create customize and style Reports reports and provides an overview of output formats Creating and Customizing Describes how to create and customize charts and Charts provides an overview of the available chart types and output formats WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 9 Documentation Conventions Creating and Customizing Describes features of documents and Document view Documents which enables users to add text images reports and charts to create documents in InfoAssist Creating Active Describes how to create a report chart or dashboard Technologies Reports that is enabled for Active Technologies using Charts and Dashboards InfoAssist With InfoAssist Using Slicers Describes the functionality of slicers the dynamic selection criteria available from the Slicers tab Building InfoMini Describes how to create InfoMini applications that Applicati
67. can select any active report to view the output The selected report is loaded into the output window or browser window depending on the selected output window or tab option Output Format Options The Output window can display report output in the following formats HTML HTML5 active report active Flash PDF and active PDF Note Excel and PowerPoint formats open in their native programs in a window external to InfoAssist WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 125 Understanding the Results Panel The following image shows the HTML report output which is the default output format as displayed in the Output window The Resources panel appears on the left M4 Interactive Design Y Wr_RETAIL Dimensions Product Quantity Geography eg a reer A amp Region State Code 10 341 19 E Product poseidon la Product Category E E caer T S Production Time Sales B Year Sales ERR ETT 97 Time Shipped Year Shipped Video Production Time Delivery REE A T TE T Year Delivery Televisions 1 297 49 1 Time Estimated Delivery Video Players 103 390 Year Estimated Delivery Video Produc 1 0 1 E Education Education Type Televisions 11 11 897 36 8 sped video Piers a 359489 8 ID_SHIPMENT Video Production 1 269 10 1 1D_DISCOUNT SouthEast Stereo Systems 103 267 01 9 i a 1 399 SouthWest Stereo Systems 2 409 98 2 Video 4 949 46 3 13 24 093 11 7 E
68. can delete axis labels in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Labels group open the Axes drop down menu point to the axis that you are working with and clear the Show Labels option 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis label on the chart and select Delete The axis labels are deleted from the chart How to Stagger Axis Labels 1 2 Create a chart with at least one axis label on display Access the Stagger option in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Labels group open the Axes drop down menu point to the axis that you are working with and select Stagger Labels 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis label on the chart point to Stagger and select On The axis labels are staggered WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 293 Formatting Axis Labels The following image shows a chart with the vertical axis labels staggered 35k 20K n 10k on Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Cost M Revenue Procedure How to Rotate Axis Labels 1 Create a chart with axis labels 2 Access the Rotate option in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Labels group open the Axes drop down menu point to the axis that you are working with point to Rotate Labels and then select the degree to which you want to rotate the axis labels 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis label on the char
69. default settings from the template Note Reset only works while the Report Style dialog box is open Once you click OK all changes are committed To undo global styling after it has been committed you must use the Undo command on the Quick Access Toolbar Color Dialog Box The Color dialog box shown in the following image provides options for working with color in your report Color ie Hue QO Red 255 Sat 0 Green 255 Lum 100 Blue 255 Selected Color O CI Transparent C x canel The Color dialog box options are 4 Standard Color Swatches Provides a set of 48 predefined colors from which to choose on the left side of the dialog box Your selection appears in the Selected Color field 46 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Uw O O O Insert Tab Custom Color Palette Provides a palette on the right side of the dialog box to define a custom color Your selection appears in the Selected Color field Luminosity bar Drag the slider to change the luminosity relative lightness or darkness of a color The corresponding numerical value appears in Lum Hue Indicates the hue value of your selected color You can enter a value or increase or decrease the hue value by using the up and down arrows respectively Sat Indicates the saturation value of your selected color You can enter a value or increase or decrease the saturation value by using the up and down arrows
70. dialog box where you can edit the styling options for the selected series You can also open this dialog box by right clicking a series and then clicking More Style Options For more information see Formatting a Series on page 208 4 Data Labels Adds data labels to the chart The drop down menu contains the following data position options for selecting where to display data values as labels on a chart WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 95 Series Tab 96 C C O O m Above default On top edge Below top edge Center Base Clicking More Data Label Options opens the Format Labels dialog box where you can further edit your data labels For more information see Formatting Data Labels on page 242 Type Opens a drop down menu with the following options for selecting different chart types m m m m None default Bar Line Area Trendline Opens a drop down menu that provides the following options for adding a trendline to a chart C O O O O O O O O O O O None default Linear Quadratic Polynomial Hyperbolic Logarithmic Modified Hyperbolic Rational Exponential Modified Exponential Log Quadratic Geometric Note WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 The trendline option is not available in HTML5 4 The trendline option is not available in InfoAssist Basic For more information see How to Add a Trendline on page 219 4 Equation Displays the associated mathematical equation
71. dialog box contains the following tabs 4 General Options Axis Scale amp Labels 4 4 Tick Marks 4 Bands 4 Advanced WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Use the General Options tab to set general gauge options The General Options tab is shown in the following image Format Gauge x General Options General Options Axis Scale amp Labels BEES 2E Background Style Green Bevel v Bands Gauge Needle Advanced Style Screwdriver v Border Color EJ Gauge Title v Show title Position Above v Ste G Gauge value v Show value stye G L OK Q cancel 4 Apply The General Options tab contains the following options 4 Gauges per row Enter or select how many gauges appear on each row The default setting displays two gauge charts A maximum of 32 gauge charts can appear on each row WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 319 Formatting a Gauge Chart 4 Background Style Select from a drop down menu a style for the background The options are Green Bevel default Grey Bevel Gold Bevel Grey Bevel 2 Gold Bevel 2 Thin Black Thin Black 2 Grey Bevel 3 Grey Blue Bevel Grey Flat C O O O O O O O O O ek wv Turquoise Bevel Gauge Needle 4 Style Select a style from a drop down menu of options to be applied to the gauge needle The options are 4 Thin Thick Normal default Screwdriver C O O O Pencil 4 Color Click this icon to open the Color di
72. down menu to set the direction of the gradient fill The options are J Gradient right Gradient left Gradient down Gradient up Gradient down left Gradient up left Gradient down right Gradient up right Radial Radial top left Radial top right Radial bottom left Radial bottom right Radial pie C C O O O O O O O O O DO we ew Radial pie inverted Gradient style 4 Color Pattern Select the color pattern for the data series The color pattern option on the left is an AB wash that uses two colors in the pattern color1 color2 for example red green The color pattern option on the right is an ABA wash that uses two colors in the pattern color1 color2 colori for example red green red WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 301 Formatting a Frame and a Background 4 First Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the first color 4 Second Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the second color Shadow 4 Show Shadow Select this option to set a shadow Use the Frame Edge tab for 2D charts and 2D charts with 3D effects to set a frame depth angle and depth radius select a fill for a frame and set a shadow for a frame for these types of charts The Frame Edge tab is shown in the following image UN Frame amp Background x Eme Frame Edge Frame Edge 3 2 7 Automatically Shade Frame Edge Background Side Frame Bottom Frame L OK
73. field is allowed in the following order X degree for the column field and Y distance from the center for the Across or By field 600 800 400 0 20 400 600 800 RARTAK SH E E WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 193 Selecting a Chart Bubble A bubble chart is a chart in which the data points are represented by bubbles Bubble charts can have two column fields representing X and Y data values or have three column fields representing X Y and Z data values in that order The third variable Z represents size The size of each bubble is used to show the relative importance of the data 1 2M 1 1M 1M 2 A 900k gt d 800k 8 700k amp 600k 600k 700k 800k 900k IM 1 1M 1 2M 1 3M MSRP Central NorthEast NorthWest West XY Plot Chart Types The following table lists the available XY plot chart types Available XY Plot Chart Types XY Scatter XY Polar 194 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 3D Charts A 3D chart uses three axes X Y and Z to display data from two or more data sets so that trends are most apparent For example the following image is a 3D chart that shows the cost and revenue for four products When to use Use a 3D bar chart when you want to look at the general shape of the data but add visual depth to a chart presentation A 3D chart would not be a good choice for presenting exact values since it is difficult to determine values in
74. following image TAJ ad EO run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field m FEF Orientation Size Units Page Setup Page Numbers Weekend Shipped Holiday Shipped Month Name Shipped Day Name Shipped P Document BE Sree eee eee ee eee eens Dee Product Quantity E edit Report 7A 235 Size and Position X Delete Qunrteny Soke Ages M ones g MiadleAge Teen omnes E vangaan Note You can also activate the report by double clicking it This action provides the same functionality as right clicking and then clicking Edit Report 4 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual You can now select fields within the report Select a field by clicking it in the canvas 383 Building a Document Note The groups on the Field tab are now available as shown in the following image i 7 Re 2 run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field Product c Wy Erdhe i p real BB sub Header PTRESUCHET HS 9 J 9 44 en E Line Breal B sub Footer Prompt p wn tank imit i 1 E Filter Break Include B Weekend Shipped Holiday Shipped E Month Name Shipped Day Name Shipped 4 Measures Properties Quantity Sold B Revenue B spp Discount ea Cost Video Pk E Daya Deine Video Production A customers fu Note You can also select a field wit
75. for the selected trendline on the chart Note The equation is not available in HTML5 4 The equation option is not available in InfoAssist Basic Line Group The Line group contains options for formatting chart lines and line markers The options are Smooth Line Connect Lines and Marker It is shown in the following image ae Smooth Connect Marker Line Lines Line Smooth Line Draws the chart using smooth lines For more information see How to Apply Smooth Line Effect to a Line Chart on page 220 Note The smooth line option is not available in InfoAssist Basic 4 Connect Lines Controls the display of connecting lines between markers on a line or scatter chart By default lines are connected on a line chart and disconnected on a scatter chart Marker Opens a drop down menu from which you can select options to change the display of the default data and legend markers on line and scatter chart types The drop down menu contains the following options 4 None Square Circle Diamond Plus C O O O O Triangle Down WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 97 Series Tab Pie Group 98 Triangle Up Triangle Right Triangle Left Pirate Plus House Hexagon Fat X Five Star Six Star Hourglass Sideways Hourglass Horizontal Line Vertical Line CDC O0 O0 OC OCO es Se es Se ee es ee Area For more information see How to Change the Appearance of a Marker on page 222 Note The marker option is not av
76. group click Reference 3 In the drop down menu that opens select one of the following I Add Reference Line to Y axis 1 Add Reference Line to X axis WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 349 Using Additional Formatting Features 350 The Reference Line dialog box opens as shown in the following image itr Reference Line ox B Color Weight W style Value Field Value Text SOK Reset Cancel 4 Create the reference line using either a static value that you set or a dynamic field that you select from your data source To create a reference line by value a Select the Value option b In the Value text field type the value that you want to distinguish with the reference line c Goto step 5 To create a reference line by field a Select the Field option b From the Field drop down menu select the field that you want to distinguish with the reference line a Go to step 5 In the Text field type the text for the reference line In the Position drop down menu select the position for the reference line on the chart The options are 4 Above Center default 4 Above Left 4 Above Right 4 Below Center WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts I Below Left 4 Below Right 7 Click the Style button to set the style for the reference line The options are 4 Solid default Dots Many Dots Dashed Dashed Dots Long Dash Cu O O O O Mixed Da
77. is on the Format tab in the Chart Types group in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application WebFOCUS 9 Building InfoMini Applications 4 The InfoMini button which is on the Format tab in the Destination group in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Format tab see Format Tab on page 50 From the Slicers tab you can access the Options Record Limit and Slicer Group groups with the following exceptions The New Group option which is on the Slicers tab in the Options group in InfoAssist is not available in the Interactive mode of an InfoMini application Note The New Group option is available on the Slicers tab in the Options group in an InfoMini application in Edit mode 4 The Update Preview option which is on Slicers tab in the Options group in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application lt The Preview list which is on the Slicers tab in the Record Limit group in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application It only appears in Edit mode in a document For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Slicers tab see Using Slicers on page 437 Edit Mode You can access the Edit mode from the Quick Access Toolbar of an InfoMini application The Resources panel is available in Edit mode In addition to the tabs that are available in Interactive mode the fol
78. join The Join group is shown in the following image Note The Join group is not available when working with Reporting Objects or SAP Business Information Warehouse SAP BW Oracle Essbase or Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services cubes WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows the Join dialog box with two data sources joined by the common ID_AGE indexed field AddNew Me Edit e Remove Filter View E Index Only WE_RETAIL Using conditional joins you can establish joins based on conditions other than equality between fields In addition the host and cross referenced join fields do not have to contain matching formats and the cross referenced field does not have to be indexed Note You can edit the description of a Join by clicking Edit in the Join dialog box and typing in the Description section You can only use letters numbers and underscores in your description No special characters are allowed The conditional join is supported for FOCUS and all relational data adapters Because each data source differs in its ability to handle complex conditional criteria the optimization of the WHERE syntax differs depending on the specific data sources involved in the join and the complexity of the conditional criteria WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 65 Data Tab For FOCUS data sources if the host and cross referenced join fields do not have common matching formats the f
79. left to right and vary in length depending on the corresponding data values The following image is an example of report output with data visualization bars Product Quantity Region Category Sold Revenue Central Stereo Systems 11 143 3 027 276 42 E Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 ME Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 EEEE Video Production 2 245 2 166 591 20 EE MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 1 254 014 44 E Televisions 3 246 4 256 202 11 B Video Players 5 043 1 653 244 82 W Video Production 955 896 178 80 I NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 2 381 435 14 EE Televisions 5 578 7 452 259 19 ME Video Players 9 057 2 980 605 73 EEE Video Production 1 738 1 723 425 57 E Procedure How to Display Measure Data Using Aggregation Options in a Report 166 You can display numeric measure data using a variety of aggregation type values other than the default of Sum 1 With a report open in the Query Design pane select the numeric measure data source field The Field tab appears on the ribbon Access the Aggregation Functions menu by doing one of the following 1 From the Display group click Aggregation 4 Right click the selected measure field and click More Aggregation Functions The Aggregation Functions menu opens It contains the following options 4 Sum 4 Average 4 Count WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Count Distinct Percent of Count First Value Last Value 0D D DOD O D Maximum 4 Minimum
80. measures into the appropriate field containers in the Query pane 3 Change a series type in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Series tab in the Select group select the series that you want to display in a different chart type Then in the Properties group from the Type drop down menu select the chart type 4 Right Click Menu Right click the series that you want to display in a different chart type point to Series Type and select the chart type The series appears in the new chart type Procedure How to Create a Dual Axis Chart When you create a dual axis chart you assign one data series to the Y1 axis and another data series to the Y2 axis 1 Create a chart 2 On the Format tab in the Chart Types group click Other The Other Chart Types dialog box opens Select a dual axis chart such as dual axis bar and then click OK Drag one field onto the Y1 field and then drag another field onto the Y2 field 202 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Procedure How to Create a Multi Axis Chart When you create a multi axis chart you assign one data series to the Y1 axis and another data series to the Y2 Y3 Y4 and Y5 axes as needed 1 2 Create a chart On the Format tab in the Chart Types group click Other The Other Chart Types dialog box opens Select a multi axis chart and then click OK Drag fields onto the Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 and Y5 fields as needed Chart Outputs You can cre
81. more information on adding additional data sources see Data Tab on page 62 4 Click OK InfoAssist opens a new canvas in Document view WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 357 Accessing Document View Procedure How to Access Document View by Opening an Item From the Splash Screen You can access existing documents in Document view from the InfoAssist splash screen Note The splash screen must be set to display when you start InfoAssist in order to run this procedure You use the Options window to set the splash screen to display For more information see Changing User Preferences on page 25 1 Open InfoAssist as described in Accessing InfoAssist on page 22 The splash screen appears 2 Click Open Existing Item as shown in the following image InfoAssist WebFOCUS Version 8 0 01 Getting Started Help Build a Report gt InfoAssist Help gt Build a Chart gt Online Forum Build a Document Change Default Options gt Close Application An Open dialog box opens 3 Select one of the documents Documents are represented by the Document icon 4 Click OK InfoAssist opens the document in Document view Note If you select a single report in step 3 InfoAssist opens the report in either Query Design view or Live Preview To view a copy of the report in Document view see How to Access Document View From the Document Button on the Home and View Tabs on page 359 358 WebFOCUS 6 Creating
82. number into the Value text box Value Enter the maximum value in this text box if you have not selected Automatic Maximum 4 Automatic Grid Step Select this option to automatically calculate the number of major grid steps To use manual scaling clear this option You can then set the value by entering the number into the Value text box Value Enter the value in this text box if you have not selected Automatic Grid Step 286 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Logarithmic Scale Select this option to control whether or not the Y axis scale progresses logarithmically instead of linearly This option is disabled by default When selected the logarithmic base is set to 10 0 but can be changed by entering another value 4 Log scale base Enter the base value to be shown on the logarithmic scale 4 Include zero on scale Select this option to control whether or not a zero 0 value appears on the scale This option is enabled by default Use the Title tab to create and style the title for the axis The Title tab is shown in the following image XY Format Vertical Axis Scale Title a Text Labels a Style text p Advanced SA OK Q Cancel amp Apply The Title tab contains the following options 4 Text Enter a title for the axis 4 Style Click this icon to open the Style dialog box where you can style the text WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 287 Formatting Axis Labels 288 Use the
83. of a numeric value Decimal Integer and Floating Point formats This numeric display option includes a percent sign along with the numeric data but does not calculate the percent 1 With a report open in Live Preview right click a virtual or column Measure field and select Edit Format The Field Format Options dialog box opens From the Field type list click a numeric value format Floating point Integer Decimal or Packed and then select the Percent check box Click OK to close the Field Format Options dialog box and return to the Results Panel The new format appears in the previously selected column WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Using Custom Reporting Features How to Rank Fields in a Report Limit the Values of a Column in a Report Add Page and Line Breaks to a Report Add Subtotals to a Report Add Column Totals to a Report Add Row Totals to a Report Add Subheadings and Subfootings to a Report Add Pop Up Titles to a Report Add Data Visualization Bars to a Report Display Measure Data Using Aggregation Options in a Report Display Repeated Sort Values in a Report Recalculate the Result of a Compute Command You can use the following custom features when creating reports in InfoAssist m Rank Inserts a ranking column for By and Measure fields in a report For more information see How to Rank Fields in a Report on page 158 Limit Limits the number of unique variables in a co
84. page layouts Each value for a coordinated sort field appears on a separate page A chart placeholder with the selected data source appears in the Results panel The chart placeholder turns into a live preview of the chart once the X axis and Y axis data fields are selected Inserting an Existing Report How to Insert an Existing Report With the Insert Tab With InfoAssist opened in Document view you can insert existing charts and reports onto the canvas from the Insert tab The following procedure describes how you can insert reports into new documents and documents that are already populated with reports text and images Procedure How to Insert an Existing Report With the Insert Tab You can create a document in the Custom Reports section of the domain and use Standard Reports items as Existing Report components You cannot use other Custom Report items as components 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the Insert tab 2 Inthe Reports group click Existing Report An Open dialog box appears WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 371 Building a Document 3 Browse to the report that you want to insert and click OK The report appears in the upper left corner of the canvas Hovering the mouse over an existing report displays the report title as a tooltip Note You cannot edit an existing report that is inserted into a document Creating a Document From a Single Report You can take a single report creat
85. pattern for the data series The color pattern option on the left is an AB wash that uses two colors in the pattern color1 color2 for example red green The color pattern option on the right is an ABA wash that uses two colors in the pattern color1 color2 colori for example red green red First Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the first color Second Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the second color For instructions on how to open this dialog box see the procedures in Using Frame and Background Properties on page 313 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 311 Formatting a Frame and a Background Frame and Background Right Click Menu When you right click a chart background a menu of options opens The options for the background and frame elements are described in the following table a Background Background Color Enables you to specify the color of the background using the Color dialog box For instructions How to Change the Color of the Background on page 315 Show legend Controls the display of the legend on the background When selected it displays the legend When cleared it suppresses the display of the legend More Frame and Opens the Frame amp Background dialog box Background Options For more information see Frame amp Background Dialog Box on page 299 Frame Color Enables you to specify
86. properties dialog box opens again as shown in the following image Active Dashboard Properties KS Prompt Source amp Targets Cascades Prompts Source Targets radiobuttons_1 Report Candidate Reports Targets SEL Field oy Condition ewe V Indude All Cancel Apply Notice that combobox_1 the prompt selected on the dashboard is selected in the Prompts list 7 From the Report drop down menu select the report that contains the field to which you want to bind an active dashboard prompt 420 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist In this example shown in the following image the drop down list combobox_1 has been selected as the prompt for the gender report table_2 Active Dashboard Properties z a by P b Prompt Source amp Targets Cancel Apply The next step describes how to bind the Gender field from the gender report to the drop down list to filter that report 8 From the Field drop down menu select the field to which you want to bind the active dashboard prompt WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 421 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard 422 In this example the Gender field has been selected for the drop down list combobox_1 as shown in the following image 4 Active Dashboard Properties p ia Prompt Source Targets Cancel Once the Gender field has bee
87. questions Information Builders consultants can also give you general guidance regarding product capabilities and documentation Please be ready to provide your six digit site code number xxxx xx when you call To learn about the full range of available support services ask your Information Builders representative about InfoResponse Online or call 800 969 INFO Information You Should Have 12 To help our consultants answer your questions effectively be prepared to provide the following information when you call m Your six digit site code XXXx XX Your WebFOCUS configuration 4 The front end you are using including vendor and release The communications protocol for example TCP IP or HLLAPI including vendor and release The software release 4 Your server version and release You can find this information using the Version option in the Web Console The stored procedure preferably with line numbers or SQL statements being used in server access The Master File and Access File The exact nature of the problem 4 Are the results or the format incorrect Are the text or calculations missing or misplaced 4 Provide the error message and return code if applicable 4 ls this related to any other problem Has the procedure or query ever worked in its present form Has it been changed recently How often does the problem occur What release of the operating system are you using Has it your security syste
88. reports charts and documents 4 Report output type Values are HTML PDF PowerPoint Excel 2007 Excel active report active Flash and active PDF The default value is HTML Chart output type Values are HTML HTML5 PDF PowerPoint Excel active report active Flash and active PDF The default value is HTML Document output type Values are HTML PDF PowerPoint Excel active report active Flash and active PDF for documents containing only reports The default value is PDF Environment and Styling The Environment and Styling area provides Application Theme settings to apply styling to all InfoAssist interfaces menus and dialog boxes It also provides settings to apply styling to reports and charts Application Theme Select an Application Theme for example Graphite or High Contrast to apply styling to all interfaces menus and dialog boxes Document Theme Select a Document Theme to apply styling to reports and charts WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 27 Changing User Preferences You can use the default style sheet or select from a list of available themes Click the Browse button to open the Templates Browse predefined template files dialog box in which you can search for an existing WebFOCUS StyleSheet 28 WebFOCUS 3 WebFOCUS Navigating the InfoAssist Interface InfoAssist provides an intelligent flexible layout for creating reports charts dashboards and documents The application wi
89. sets the bottom left corner of the component that is higher on the page to the upper left corner of the one that is lower Once a relationship is created arrows appear to show that relationship while both items are still selected Procedure How to Move a Component You can move a component by clicking it or by accessing the Position section of the Size and Position dialog box This feature is available for all components that can be added to a document You can also align components with each other so that their horizontal or vertical position matches For more information see How to Align Components on page 378 1 Open or create a document with at least one report text component control or image WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 377 Building a Document 2 Select the component and move it by using one of the following methods 4 Use the mouse to drag the component anywhere on the canvas or 4 Right click the component and click Size and Position On the Size and Position dialog box click the Position tab as shown in the following image s r Size and Position x Ss Position maneni am Position on page Horizontal 79 from top left corner Vertical 148 from top left corner A OK Q cancel Apply 4 Use the Horizontal and Vertical options to change the position of the selected component Procedure How to Align Components You can align components with each other so that their horizontal or verti
90. that any other characters can be used in the prefix or suffix apostrophe Is used to quote special characters in a prefix or suffix WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 249 Formatting Data Labels Use the Pie Title tab to create and style a pie title The Pie Title tab is shown in the following image E Format Labels 3 Pie Labels Pie Title Petts i show Pie Tite Style Title e LK Q canei Apply The Pie Title tab contains the following options 4 Show Pie Title Default Clear this option to suppress a pie title Select this option to display a pie title 4 Style Title Click this icon to open the Style dialog box where you can style pie title text 250 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Use the Funnel Labels tab to customize the labels on a funnel or a pyramid chart The Funnel Labels tab is shown in the following image I Format Labels x ene ae ae Funnel Labels Label Position Labels and Values to the Right v Format Labels General v Custom Format 4 Style Labels Style Value E e Feeler Line V Show Feeler Lines Line Style N SOK Cancel A Apply O The Funnel Labels tab contains the following options Label Position Select from this drop down menu an option to control the display of feeler lines and labels on a funnel chart Format Labels Select from this drop down menu of preset formats that can be applied to labels 4 Custom Format Se
91. the Query pane drag the field that you want to bind to the prompt onto the prompt 4 Report on the canvas Right click the report and click Edit Report The report becomes editable Highlight the column that contains the data that you want and drag and drop it on the prompt Once you have bound the field to the prompt the values of the field appear in the prompt Note Once an active dashboard prompt is added to the canvas the document is locked in an active output format You cannot change out of active report active Flash or active PDF format if there are prompts present on the canvas To switch to a non active output format all prompts must be removed WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist The following image shows an active dashboard in which the Product Category field of the report has been bound to a radio button prompt All Product D Stereo Systems oe MidEast Stereo Systems Televisions Televisions 5 Video Players Video Players E Video Production NorthEast Stereo Systems i Televisions Video Players SouthEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players The following image shows an example of a dashboard at run time The active report has a radio button prompt bound to the Product Category field Since it is a radio button and Televisions is selected only Regions that have sold televisions appear on the report AW 3 of 9 records Page 1 of 1
92. the color of the frame using the Color dialog box For more information see Color Dialog Box on page 46 Show 3D Controls the depth of the frame The value On renders the frame in 3D depth The value Off renders the frame in one dimension For instructions see How to Set 3D Depth on a Bar Chart on page 345 More Frame and Opens the Frame amp Background dialog box Background Options For more information see Frame amp Background Dialog Box on page 299 312 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Using Frame and Background Properties The following sections contain procedures for customizing frame and background properties The options for the following procedures are found in the Features group of the Format tab Procedure How to Change the Color of the Frame The default color of the frame in a chart is determined by the Document Theme selected on the Options window For more information see Changing User Preferences on page 25 The following image shows a chart with the default frame color 3 7 28 19 42 Quantity Sold E Divorced E Married E Single E Unmarried partners E Widowed This procedure describes how to change the color of the frame 1 Create a chart 2 Access the Frame amp Background dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Frame amp Background WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 313 Formatting a Frame an
93. the display of feeler lines and labels on a pie chart Label Display Select from this drop down menu an option to control the format of labels displayed next to feelers on a pie chart Format Labels Select from this drop down menu of preset formats that can be applied to labels Custom Format Select this option to use a custom format from a list of preset formats See the following table for a list and description of the characters that you can use ina custom format Style Labels Click this button to open the Style dialog box where you can style text WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Ring Label These options appear on the tab for a ring pie chart Feeler Line 4 Show Ring Label Select this option to control the display of the total label on a pie ring chart Format Labels Select from this drop down menu of preset formats that can be applied to labels Custom Format Select this option to use a custom format See the following table 4 Style Labels Click this button to open the Style dialog box where you can style text The Format Labels drop down menu provides a list of preset formats that you can apply to labels When you select a custom format it must be defined using a custom format pattern The following table describes the characters that you can use in a custom format semi zero Is the default negative prefix percent Divides by 100 and shows as a percentage Determines
94. the labels The On value positions the labels in a zigzag pattern The Off default value positions the labels in a straight row Rotates the labels a specified number of degrees Style Labels Enables you to apply styling to the labels using the Style dialog box For more information see Style Dialog Box on page 252 More Axis Opens the Format Axis dialog box For more information Options see Formatting Axis Labels on page 284 Vertical Delete Deletes labels from the chart and updates the Live Preview Labels accordingly Stagger Controls the positioning of the labels The On value positions the labels in a zigzag pattern The Off default value positions the labels in a straight row Rotates the labels a specified number of degrees Format Formats the labels according to the value that you specify Labels Style Labels Enables you to apply styling to the labels using the Style dialog box For more information see Style Dialog Box on page 252 More Axis Opens the Format Axis dialog box For more information Options see Formatting Axis Labels on page 284 292 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Using Axis Properties Procedure Procedure The following sections contain procedures for customizing an axis The procedures are organized by the tab and group in which their associated options appear on the ribbon Axis labels appear by default How to Delete Axis Labels 1 2 Create a chart You
95. with the selected output type In the example PDF has been selected on the Format tab in the Feature group as the output type for the report You cannot create an Accordion report with a PDF output therefore the Accordion button appears dimmed and is unavailable D gt 6 PE me E sal Output Destination Navigation Title amp eccordion Repeat Sort Stack Active Report Accessibility Types Popup Value Measures Options Features Note If you do not have access to a particular option contact your administrator Home Tab In this section Format Group Design Group Filter Group Report Group Report Style Dialog Box Color Dialog Box The Home tab contains the most commonly used commands and options from the Format Design Filter and Report groups It is shown in the following image ert Format Data Slicers Layout View Exclude g p z S Ist Document Records EE te Hie Theme stye Banded Header amp er Design Fiter Report Format Group The Format group displays a menu of output formats and buttons to toggle between creating a report default or a chart It also contains a menu from which you can create an image file from a chart 4 Current Output Format Displays a drop down menu of all supported output formats 4 HTML the default for charts and reports Q HTML5 only available for charts WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 39 Home Tab 40 active report default for dashboards a
96. you can select the background color for the page text WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 403 Creating an Active Technologies Report Row Selection This area contains options to set the colors that appear when you hover over or select a row on the report m Hover Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the color that the row becomes when you hover the mouse over the row Selected Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the highlight color that the row becomes when you use the highlight option Visualization This area contains options to set the colors for the data visualization bars m Positive Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the color for a positive data visualization bar Negative Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the color for a negative data visualization bar Calculations This area contains options to set the colors for values in a calculation m m Font Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the font color for the calculation Background Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the background color for the calculation Menu This area contains options to change the color of the menu m 404 Normal 4 Font Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the color for the text of the options on the column menus Background Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the background color for the column menus Bor
97. 0 141 Styling Reports The following image shows the same report with the font changed to Helvetica 12 pt in blue Red O Green O Blue 255 with a white background Red 255 Green 255 Blue 255 Region Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Product Category Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Quantity Sold 11 143 7 428 11 647 4 607 3 246 5 043 8 735 5 578 9 057 7 287 5 029 7 869 7 431 5 031 7 657 1 832 1 296 2 038 6 638 4 340 6 870 Procedure How to Perform Field Level Styling in a Report Revenue 3 027 276 42 10 131 328 09 3 835 578 36 1 254 014 44 4 256 202 11 1 653 244 82 2 381 435 14 7 452 259 19 2 980 605 73 2 043 976 10 6 713 008 94 2 602 775 63 2 034 149 11 6 793 602 47 2 500 094 24 494 200 80 1 705 461 80 670 346 72 1 782 370 94 927 165 23 2 248 798 50 You can style data column titles or both in the report output for the selected data source field 1 2 142 Create a report In the Query Design pane select a data source field The Field tab appears on the ribbon WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports 3 In the Style group click one of the fo
98. 0 Video Players Central 11 647 MidEast 5 043 NorthEast 9 057 M NorthWest 7 869 a SouthEast 7 657 E SouthWest 2 038 L West 6 870 Video Production Central 2 245 H MidEast 955 8 NorthEast 1 738 za NorthWest 1 517 SouthEast 1 526 _ i E id 4 1of1 gt i O O Il The following image shows an active PDF report output displayed with an output location of a new window Note The active PDF output can only be displayed if you have Adobe Reader 9 0 or later WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 129 Understanding the Results Panel The following image shows an Excel report output displayed with an output location of a new window e 3 G2 WFServlet Read Only ee ee Product Quantity Category Region Sold 130 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows a PowerPoint report output displayed with an output location of a new window i n a m I Home Inset Design Animations SlideShow Review View cut 3 Btayout aa Sc Se SS all Tent Direction z 8 No00 en 7 Shape Fill A Find AnA S eS B 3 Copy PyReset l e iE merit ALLO Ola ra EZ Shape Outline 25 Replace e J Format Painter stide X Delete 2 ZUS Sar A E IE E convert to SmartArt ANAL Aa aE Pie GP Shape etteas j 5l cll eam Font Paragraph z J Video Production Video Video Production Video Production l Clic
99. 0K 100K 80K 60K Revenue 40K 20K Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category Procedure How to Display Aggregations on Measures You can display numeric measure data using a variety of aggregation values For more information see Display Group on page 72 1 Create a chart 2 Open the list of Aggregation options in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Field tab in the Display group open the Aggregation drop down menu 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series point to More and then Aggregation Functions 3 Select an aggregation function The aggregation function is applied to the series Note If you change the Measure Sum field container in the Query Design pane from Sum to Print Count or List the change overrides all assigned aggregation values WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 233 Formatting a Series The following image shows a vertical bar chart without any aggregation values applied 120K 100K 80K 60k 40K 20K 0 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category E Price E Revenue The following image shows the same data with the aggregation value of Average AVE applied to Price and the aggregation value of Maximum MAX applied to revenue Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category M AVE Price E MAX Revenue 234 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts P
100. 14 4 6 5 15 Quantity Sold Wi Adminstrative Engineering E Executive Management Finance E Human Resources E Management I Professional Services I Sales and Marketing E Services and Support E Student 1 Create a pie chart 2 On the Series tab in the Select group from the drop down menu select one of the following 4 All Series expands all slices out from the center of the pie 4 A specific series expands that particular slice out from the center of the pie 3 In the Pie group click Expand The pie expands accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 225 Formatting a Series The following image shows a pie chart with all slices expanded 2 17 18 AT 14 14 4 9 6 5 15 Quantity Sold We Adnminstrative Engineering E Executive Management Finance Wi Human Resources Management I Professional Services I Sales and Marketing E Services and Support E Student Procedure How to Hide a Pie Slice 1 2 226 Create a pie chart On the Series tab in the Select group from the drop down menu select the series that you want to hide Then in the Pie group click Hide The slice is hidden WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows a pie chart with a slice hidden 2 17 18 5 14 4 9 6 5 15 Quantity Sold E Adminstrative Engineering IE Executive Management E Finance E Human Resources E Management I Professional
101. 2 99 Document view accessing 356 documents accessing Document view 356 aligning components 378 associate a field with a prompt from the active technologies dashboard properties dialog box 412 building 361 building a new 357 building in document view 355 cascading prompts 429 changing the filter condition 424 creating from a single report 372 deleting a component 389 editing component 374 editing text 386 insert a chart with right click 370 inserting a chart 367 inserting a chart with double click 369 inserting a chart with drag and drop 368 inserting a chart with the Insert tab 368 inserting a report 363 inserting a report with double click 365 inserting a report with drag and drop 364 inserting a report with right click 366 inserting a report with the Insert Tab 364 inserting an existing report 371 inserting an existing report into a document with the Insert tab 371 inserting an image 373 inserting reports from multiple data sources 361 inserting text 372 inserting text and images 372 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Indexi documents continued inserting two reports from two different data sources 361 moving a component 377 resizing a component 374 set target reports 409 styling and customizing a chart 384 styling and customizing a report 382 E Edit Slicers dialog box 449 Edit Title dialog box 211 Excel output for reports 138 F Features group charts 58 Features group reports 57 field formats alp
102. 22 183 66 The following image shows the same report with a cell padding of 0 01 inches added to the top bottom left and right of the cell Product Quantity Category Sold Revenue Stereo Systems 132 40 590 03 Televisions 714 112 961 49 Video Players 108 33 606 42 Video Production 23 22 183 66 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 153 Changing a Field Format Changing a Field Format You can change the format of any field except a Sort field You can change the format of measures as well as any calculated fields The following image shows the Field Format Options dialog box Field type Display options Alphanumeric C Floating Currency M C Percent Floating point C Non floating Dollar N C Scientific Notation E barca C Use Comma C C Suppress Comma c Date Time C Leading Zeros L CI Suppress Zeros S Sample 123456789 01 C Brackets Negative B C credit negative R Field Length 1 20 __ Decimals 0 18 fale The following procedures show how to change a field format from the Field Format Options dialog box For more information on how to use the Format group options see Field Tab on page 85 Procedure How to Assign an Alphanumeric Format 1 With a report open in Live Preview right click a virtual field or column Measure field and select Edit Format 154 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports The Field Format Options dialog box opens From the F
103. 236 8 Click the Color button The Color dialog box opens Select a color 10 Click OK The color appears in the Preview box R P Click OK Click the Drill Down button The Drill Down dialog box opens 13 In the Drill Down dialog box specify each of the following m C O O O Drill down to a report or a web page URL of the web page An alternate comment Target New Window Same Window Parameters that you want to use Name Value 14 Click OK to close the dialog box 15 Click the New button to set traffic light conditions for additional fields WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows a vertical chart without traffic light conditions 120k 100k 80K 60k 40K Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category E Revenue E Price The following image shows the same vertical chart with traffic light conditions applied In this example the condition was set to display the revenue series in red when the Revenue series exceeds the value of 14399 46 120k 100K BOK 60k 40K j B E a o i Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category M Revenue MM Price WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 237 Formatting a Series Procedure Howto Apply Traffic Light Conditions With Drill Down to a Numeric Measure Field By Field 238 1 2 Create a chart
104. 44 Televisions 3 246 4 256 202 11 Video Players 5 043 1 653 244 82 Video Production 955 896 178 80 Subtotal MidEast 13 851 8 059 640 17 NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 2 381 435 14 Televisions 5 578 7 452 259 19 Video Players 9 057 2 980 605 73 Video Production 1 738 1 723 425 57 Subtotal NorthEast 25 108 14 537 725 63 NorthWest Stereo Systems 7 287 2 043 976 10 Televisions 5 029 6 713 008 94 Video Players 7 869 2 602 775 63 Video Production 1 517 1 429 375 13 Subtotal NorthWest 21 702 12 789 135 80 SouthEast Stereo Systems 7 431 2 034 149 11 Televisions 5 031 6 793 602 47 Video Players 7 657 2 500 094 24 Procedure How to Create Pages On Demand Reports On the Format tab in the Navigation group click Pages On Demand One page of output appears at a time This option provides a menu bar at the bottom of the report output that you can use to view additional pages of output The menu bar is shown in the following image 176 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Procedure How to Create Accordion Reports Note You cannot use the Table of Contents in conjunction with the Accordion feature 1 Create a report The following image shows a chart before the accordion option is applied Product Quantity Catego Region Sold MidEast i NorthWest SouthWest NorthWest SouthWest 2 On the Format tab in the Features group click Accordion WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 177 Creating Customize
105. 45 Depth Radius 0 Background Fill No fill Solid fill Gradient fill Color E Transparency 0o 4H Shadow E Show Shadow A OK Cancel 2 Apply The Frame tab for 2D charts and 2D charts with 3D effects contains the following options Depth Angle Enter the angle from the front of the chart to the back where the chart risers and frames are drawn You can set the depth angle from zero to 180 degrees but it must be used along with Depth Radius 4 Depth Radius Enter how far out the extruded frame will be extended Small values such as zero produce very narrow charts Large values the maximum being 100 produce thicker charts Fill 4 No fill Default Select this option to keep the legend colorless 4 Solid fill Select this option to display the Color and Transparency options 300 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for a frame Transparency Move the slider to make the frame opaque 0 or transparent 100 The default is 0 4 Gradient fill Select this option to display the direction of the gradient the color pattern of the gradient and the degrees of transparency for the two colors that make up the gradient A gradient is a smooth color transition or blending of one color to another The number of colors to use in a gradient is defined by the stop or pin elements 4 Direction Select from this drop
106. 60K 40K 20K 0 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category E Price Annual Revenue WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts i Procedure How to Control the Color Mode When you create a single series chart all series groups appear in the same color To use a different color for each group set the color mode to By Group The following image shows a single series chart with all series groups in the same color 24K 20K 16K Q E 12K a 8K 4K 0 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category Create a chart Right click a series on the chart point to Color Mode and then select By Group A different color is applied to each group in the series To return to the default display of the series in one color right click the series point to Color Mode and then select By Series 3 Click Run to generate the report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 241 Formatting Data Labels The following image shows a single series chart with a different color applies to each group in the series 24K Price Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category Procedure How to Delete a Series 1 Create a chart 2 Right click a series on the chart and select Delete The series is deleted Formatting Data Labels Data labels highlight important data points on a chart They identify exact number
107. 7 Subtotal NorthEast 25 108 14 537 725 63 162 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Procedure How to Add Column Totals to a Report On the Home tab in the Report group click Co umn Totals Clicking Column Totals adds a grand TOTAL row at the bottom of the report that sums numeric data in each column as shown in the following image Product Quantity Region Category Sold Revenue Central Stereo Systems 11 143 3 027 276 42 Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 Video Production 2 245 2 166 591 20 MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 1 254 014 44 Televisions 3 246 4 256 202 11 Video Players 5 043 1 653 244 82 Video Production 955 896 178 80 NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 2 381 435 14 Televisions 5 578 7 452 259 19 Video Players 9 057 2 980 605 73 Video Production 1 738 1 723 425 57 TOTAL 71 422 41 758 139 87 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 163 Using Custom Reporting Features Procedure How to Add Row Totals to a Report Procedure 164 On the Home tab in the Report group click Row Totals Clicking Row Totals adds a grand TOTAL column to the right side of the report that sums numeric data in each row as shown in the following image Product Category Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production NorthEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Region Central MidEast Quantit
108. 8 Televisions Video Players WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 179 Creating Customized Report Outputs 180 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Creating and Customizing Charts InfoAssist enables you to easily create different types of simple and complex charts You can select from a variety of chart types and output formats and add custom features to a chart You can also create a chart from any existing report in InfoAssist WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 181 Visualizing Your Data With Charts Visualizing Your Data With Charts A chart often conveys meaning more clearly and effectively than data displayed in tabular form A chart enables you to visually communicate quantitative information On a chart you can give data a shape and form and reveal patterns and relationships among many data values A chart can highlight anomalies that require further investigation These are some things to consider when deciding between a report and a chart for your data Use a Table to Use a Chart to Look up individual values Show overall shape of values Compare individual values Show relationship among multiple Use values precisley values using patterns and trends Customer 50 Degree Type Income Range 45 40 Associate Degree A 0 TO 24 999 B 25 000 TO 49 999 C 50 000 TO 74 999 D 75 000 TO 99 999 E 100 000 OR MORE Bachelor s Degree B 25 000 TO 49 999 C 50 000 TO 74 999 D 75 000 TO 99 999 35 Quantity Sold
109. B Click OK to save the page heading and page footing and close the Header amp Footer dialog box The chart contains the page heading and page footing that you added and styled WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 343 Formatting Page Headings and Page Footings The following image shows the chart that you formatted Customers By Occupation 2 19 20 ia 5 _ 8 _____ _ 19 2 2 6 17 Customers E Adminstrative E Engineering E Executive Management Finance I Human Resources E Management Professional Services Sales and Marketing Services and Support Student Created By Sales Manager 12 To make changes to either the page heading or page footing return to Design view Right click the header or footer and click Edit from the drop down menu Procedure How to Control the Rendering of a Page Heading and Page Footing 344 You can control the way in which a page heading and page footing are rendered on a chart at run time 1 Create a chart 2 Open the Header amp Footer dialog box as described in How to Add a Page Heading and Page Footing to a Chart on page 342 3 Click the Text options for chart im button A drop down menu with two options for rendering the page heading and page footing opens Tip Your selection for a page heading also applies to a page footing and vice versa 4 Create Header and Footer as text renders the heading and footin
110. Close Candle Stock Open Hi Lo Close Candle Stock with Volume Not in HTML5 Special Charts Special charts include a variety of additional chart types Gauge A gauge chart indicates the current position of a single data value within a given spectrum This chart has a circular shape Gauge Thermometer A gauge thermometer chart indicates the current position of a single data value within a given scale This chart has the shape of a thermometer It is not available in HTML5 4 Pareto A Pareto chart uses the X axis to show group members and the Y axis to show the percent of the total of all groups that each group represents This chart highlights the differences between groups of data Vertical Box Plot A vertical box plot is oriented vertically and shows the distribution of data through five number summaries Upper limit Upper Quartile Median Lower Quartile and Lower Limit This chart can be represented with or without outliers also known as whiskers Horizontal Box Plot A horizontal box plot is oriented horizontally and shows the distribution of data through five number summaries Upper limit Upper Quartile Median Lower Quartile and Lower Limit This chart can be represented with or without outliers also known as whiskers Funnel A funnel chart is essentially a pie chart displaying only one group of data at a time from the first series to the last series at the bottom of the funnel J Pyramid A pyramid cha
111. Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard In the following image the list prompt has been bound to the Product Category field and the radio button prompt has been bound to the Region field The two prompts work independently of each other to filter the dashboard in different ways All Stereo Systen Televisions Video Players Video Produc Ti 428 All Product Quantity Central MidEast NorthEast om ae st sar oha gt Video Production Central 3 West WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist The following image shows the dashboard indicating the quantity of stereo systems sold for all regions Aly All 7 of 28 records Page 1 of 1 aa roeect Gee Televisions MidEast Category Region Video Players NorthEast Stereo Systems Central Video Production NorthWest MidEast SouthEast NorthEast wW SouthWest cholerae z SouthEast West SouthWest West The following image shows the dashboard indicating the electronics products sold in the NorthEast region Stereo Systems Central Product Quantity Televisions Category Region Video Players Stereo Systems NorthEast 8 735 Video Production NorthWest Televisions NorthEast 5 578 SouthEast Video Players NorthEast 9 057 SouthWest Video Production NorthEast 1 738 West Procedure How to Cascade Prompts When you have more th
112. Date Format 1 With a report open in Live Preview right click a virtual or column Measure field and select Edit Format The Field Format Options dialog box opens WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 155 Changing a Field Format From the Field type list click Date To assign a different date display format select a date format from the Date Format list The default date display format is MDY Click OK to close the Field Format Options dialog box and return to the Results Panel The new format appears in the previously selected column Procedure How to Assign a Date Time Format Procedure 156 1 With a report open in Live Preview right click a virtual or column Measure field and select Edit Format The Field Format Options dialog box opens From the Field type list click Date Time To assign a different date time format select the date format you want to use from the Date Format list Expand Year First Month First or Day First to see the available options Select a time format if applicable from the Time Format list Expand Hour First Minute First or Seconds First to see the available options If you select the Time Only check box then you can only set a time format Click OK to close the Field Format Options dialog box and return to the Results Panel The new format appears in the previously selected column How to Add a Percent Sign to a Numeric Field You can add a percent sign to the end
113. Dolla Sales 5263317 2381590 2337567 2449585 7749902 3906243 10943622 4522521 4216114 2385829 jagsales 4 Product Biscotti Capuccino Coffee Grinder Coffee Pot Croissant Espresso Latte Aug Scone Thermos Unit Sales 145242 44785 40977 46185 137394 68127 222866 91497 70732 48870 Region Northeast Northeast Northeast Northeast Northeast Northeast Northeast Northeast Northeast Northeast 4 Output Location Opens a drop down menu for choosing to direct new output to a Single Tab default New Tab Single Window or New Window For details see Understanding Output Options on page 121 4 Switch Output Opens a drop down menu for choosing to view any active output window Report Group Reports 84 The Report Group for reports contains the Switch Report drop down menu which lists reports that you can switch to It is shown in the following image THG 4 Switch Report Opens a drop down menu for choosing any active report or chart You can have multiple reports charts dashboards and documents open in the application window as shown in the following image WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Note You can also switch reports from the status bar For more information see Using the Status Bar on page 133 amp Document1 Report2 lal Chart1 3 Reporti lil Chart2 Field Tab The Field tab appears in the ribbon when you se
114. Format tab 2 Inthe Destination group click Report Note You can also click Report from the Home tab in the Format group 3 Select a data source field from the Data pane in the Resources panel and drag it onto the canvas Make sure that you drop the data source field onto an open area of the canvas and not on top of another chart or report WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents A report with the selected data source appears in the Results panel as shown in the following image Lyd Orn Home Insert Format Data Sicers Layout View Feld Erdude rude prompt Sales Year Sales E Time Shipped Year Shipped Time Delivery Year Delivery Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery S Education pY Fiter peer E sum By B Product Category 4 You can now add fields to the report using the canvas and the Resources panel For more information on how to use the Resources panel to add additional fields to the report see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 Procedure How to Insert a Report With Double Click You can double click a data source field in the Resources panel in Document view To insert a report make sure that no report is actively selected on the canvas and Report is selected on the Format tab in the Destination group This option is also on the Home tab in the Format gro
115. Gauges This option applies to multi category gauge charts If you are working with three or more gauges per row you can select this option to have the gauges display in the same size Gauge Elements Right Click Menu When you right click a gauge chart a menu containing the More Gauge Options becomes available Select this option to open the Format Gauge dialog box WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 327 Formatting a Gauge Chart Using Gauge Properties The following sections contain procedures for gauge properties The Gauges option can be found on the Format tab in the Features group Note This option is only available when you are working with a gauge chart 328 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Procedure How to Set the Number of Gauges Per Row If you have multiple gauges on a chart you might want to specify how many gauges appear on each row In the following example a maximum of two gauges per row has been set Age Infant Age Preschool Create a gauge chart that has multiple values Open the Format Gauge dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges 4 Right Click Menu Right click the gauge chart and select More Gauge Options The Format Gauge dialog box opens 3 On the General options tab in the Gauges per row field enter or select the number of gauges that you want to appear on one row 4 Click OK The gauges now appear o
116. Gradient fil Color Transparency o JS OK Q canel amp Apply The Background tab contains the following options Show Border Color Select this option to show the color of the border 4 Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border 4 Solid fill Select this option to display the Color and Transparency options 4 Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the frame 4 Transparency Move the slider to make the background opaque 0 or transparent 100 The default is 0 4 Gradient fill Select this option to display the direction of the gradient the color pattern of the gradient and the degrees of transparency for the two colors that make up the gradient A gradient is a smooth color transition or blending of one color to another The number of colors to use in a gradient is defined by the stop or pin elements 4 Direction Select from this drop down menu to set the direction of the gradient fill The options are 4 Gradient right 310 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts C C O O O O O ke Yb UU Ye ke wv tw Gradient left Gradient left Gradient down Gradient up Gradient down left Gradient up left Gradient down right Gradient up right Radial Radial top left Radial top right Radial bottom left Radial bottom right Radial pie Radial pie inverted Gradient Style m Color Pattern Select the color
117. Grid Lines Options The Format Grid Lines dialog box opens 2 Click the Line Style icon The Line Style dialog box opens Set the color weight and style of the gridline Click OK to close the Line Style dialog box Click OK again to close the Format Grid Lines dialog box The gridline is formatted accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 279 Formatting Gridlines The following image shows a chart with the default styling for gridlines 35K 30K 25K 20K 15K 10K 5K 0 Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Cost E Revenue The following image shows the same chart with the gridlines styled as red dashed lines of medium weight Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest Region E Cost E Revenue Procedure How to Set Ticks Ticks are short lines which are perpendicular to a gridline They are used to tick off specific increments along the gridline 280 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Create a chart with gridlines Open the Format Grid Lines dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu point to the gridline type that you want to format and select More Grid Lines Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click a gridline and select More Grid Lines Options The Format Grid Lines dialog box opens 3 From the Tick Style drop down menu select a tick style option Th
118. Group Series Tab Display Group Field Tab Filter Group Field Tab Sort Group Field Tab Display Group The following sections contain procedures for customizing a series The procedures are organized by the tab and group in which their associated options appear on the ribbon Series Tab Select Group How to Select a Series Procedure How to Select a Series 1 Create a chart 2 On the Series tab in the Select group drop down menu select the Series that you want to customize The Series appears in the drop down menu field WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 217 Formatting a Series Procedure Series Tab Style Group How to Format the Fill and Border of a Series How to Format the Fill and Border of a Series 1 2 Create a chart Open the Format Series dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Series tab in the Style group click Style 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series on the chart and select More Style Options The Format Series dialog box opens Use the fill and border options to format the series For more information see Format Series Dialog Box on page 209 Click OK to close the dialog box The Format Series dialog box closes The series fill and border are formatted accordingly Click Run to generate the report Series Tab Properties Group How to Change the Type of a Series Add a Trendline Procedure How to Change the Type of a Series 218 1 2 Creat
119. Interface The following image shows the Filter and Query field container areas of the Query Design pane as it appears in the Resources panel for most charts in Live Preview and Query Design view F Filter Jil Measure Sum Quantity Sold Wix Axis Region IR Legend Series Wii Multi graph For pie charts the Query field containers in the Query Design pane include Measure Sum Slices Category Multi graph and Coordinated m Measure Sum Use this field container to aggregate or display numeric measure field values in the pie Pie slices Use this field container to display dimension non numeric or date fields as color coded pie slices that match the color coded dimension values displayed in the legend below the chart The Pie slices field container is equivalent to the Legend Series field container used for other chart types Multi graph Use this field container to create outermost sort fields and to serve as a page break for working with multiple charts The sort field added to this Multi graph bucket is not plotted on the chart but each unique sort field value is listed for every chart Category Use this field container to sort dimension non numeric or date fields in the chart output Category is equivalent to the X axis field container used for other chart types Coordinated Use this field container to collectively sort and collate by a common sort group for documents only WebFOCUS
120. Output Types group contains commands to create output in any of the supported formats listed in the following table When you run a report the output is created in the format that is currently selected You can also set output format options by going to the Home tab and in the Format group selecting from the menu of output options In addition you can select an output from the output format button in the status bar For more information on the additional Excel formats available for reports see Report Outputs on page 138 Reports Dashboards and Documents HTML Available Available Available default default HTML5 Not Available Available Not Available active Report Available Available Available dashboard default active Flash Available Available Available PDF Available Available Available document default active PDF Available Available Available requires Adobe Reader 9 0 or later Excel formats Not Available Available Available Available Available Available PDF GIF Not Available Available Not Available must be set to display in InfoAssist Properties WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 51 Format Tab PNG Not Available Available Not Available must be set to display in InfoAssist Properties GIF Not Available Available Not Available must be set to display in InfoAssist Properties JPEG Not Available Available Not Available must be set to display in InfoAssist Properties SVG Not Available Av
121. Quantity Sold Video Production 1 649 95 1 Revenue A customers a Eey Region E Product Category 126 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows the active report output displayed with an output location of a new window The drop down menu for the last column of data exposes the reporting options records Page 1 of 1 Quantity Region Sort Ascending Sort Descending Filter Calculate Chart Rollup Pivot Cross Tab Visualize Hide Column Grid Tool Chart Rollup Tool Pivot Tool Show Records Comments Send as E mail Save Changes Export Print Window Restore Original WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 127 Understanding the Results Panel The following image shows the active Flash output displayed with an output location of a new window d a a P H gt 4 E 526 334 128 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows a PDF report output displayed with an output location of a new window Biiseveacopy FS Ai search ph select jpg A ala B D i BA A B li son A Product Quantity Category Region Sold Stereo Systems Central 11 143 MidEast 4 607 NorthEast 8 735 NorthWest 7 287 SouthEast 7 431 SouthWest 1 832 West 6 638 Televisions Central 7 428 MidEast 3 246 NorthEast 5 578 i NorthWest 5 029 E SouthEast 5 031 SouthWest 1 296 West 4 34
122. Report E S Orn Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View e z Chart Existing ex Image Report Reports Objects Year Delivery Year Estimated Delivery Education Y Fiter 5 Time Estimated Delivery i Size Bold Italic Underline Text color Cut Copy Paste Oaren saia Bos morons Madotge Teen m omaa m vangaan 6 Using the menu options you can style the text and insert quick text 388 WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents The text component menu options are as follows Font Opens a list of available fonts for the selected text Size Opens a list of available text sizes for the selected text Bold Formats the selected text in bold Italic Formats the selected text in italics Underline Underlines the selected text C C O O O O Text color Opens the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the selected text Cut Cuts the selected text Copy Copies the selected text to the clipboard Paste Pastes the selected text from the clipboard Date Opens a list of date quick text in various formats Time Opens a list of time quick text in various formats C C O O O O page Opens a list of page number quick text in various formats Procedure How to Delete a Component The following procedure applies to all components in Document view 1 Open or create a document with at least one co
123. Right Top Right Bottom Left Top Left Bottom Bottom Left Bottom Right Top Left Top Right C C O O O O DO O O DO uw uv wv Free Float 4 Legend Orientation Select an option from this drop down menu to control the orientation of legend markers in the legend area The available options are Auto Horizontal Vertical Reverse Legend Order Select this option to specify that the legend be drawn in reverse order Clear this option to specify that the legend be drawn in normal order Legend Position 4 X Controls the point location of the bottom left corner of the legend 4 Width Controls the width of the legend 4 Y Controls the point location of the bottom left corner of the legend m Height Controls the height of the legend 258 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Use the Markers amp Labels tab to customize the appearance of markers and labels on legends The Markers amp Labels tab is shown in the following image Sty Format Legend x Legend Options Markers and Labels Markers amp Labels Style Labels 2 Fill Marker Style Automatic Line Style v Border Styles Marker Position Left of Text X Advanced E Show Beveled Markers Z OK amp Cancel amp Apply The Markers amp Labels tab contains the following options 4 Style Labels Click this button to open the Style dialog box where you can style text 4 Marker Style Select an option from this drop down menu to edit the line style in the legend
124. Services I Sales and Marketing E Services and Support E Student Series Tab Display Group How to Reverse the Order of a Series Procedure How to Reverse the Order of a Series 1 Create a chart 2 On the Series tab in the Display group click Reverse Order The order of the series is reversed WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 227 Formatting a Series 228 The following image shows a vertical bar chart 10K 8K 6K v L Oo 4K 2K 0 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Product Category E SouthEast Mi NorthEast W MidEast The following image shows the same data with the series in reverse order 10K 8K 6K Cost 4K 2K Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Product Category W MidEast MM NorthEast W SouthEast WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Field Tab Filter Group How to Filter Values in a Series Procedure How to Filter Values in a Series 1 Create a chart 2 Select a series on the chart 3 Open the Filter dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Field tab in the Filter group click Filter 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series and select Filter Values The Filter dialog box opens For more information see Filter Group on page 42 Select values for values and prompts Click OK to close the dialog box The series values are filtered Field Tab Sort Group How to Sort the Fields in a Series Procedure
125. Show Labels Style Labels p Format Labels General v SY OK Q canel 4 Apply The Axis Scale amp Labels tab contains the following options Scale 4 Automatic Minimum Default Sets the engine to automatically supply the minimum value on the scale Clear this option to manually set the minimum value by entering a number into the Value text box 4 Value Enter the minimum value in this text box if you have not selected Automatic Minimum 4 Automatic Maximum Default Sets the engine to automatically supply the maximum value on the scale Clear this option to manually set the maximum value by entering a number into the Value text box 322 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Value Enter the maximum value in this text box if you have not selected Automatic Maximum Labels 4 Show Labels Default Displays labels next to the axis Clear this option to suppress labels 4 Style Labels Click this icon to opens the Style dialog box where you can style text 4 Format Labels Select from a drop down menu of present formats that can be applied to the labels When a custom format is selected the format must be defined using a custom format pattern For a list and description of the characters that you can use in a custom format see the table in Formatting Data Labels on page 242 4 Custom Format Text field to enter the custom format that you want to use WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 323 Formatting a Gauge C
126. Solid fill Color EFJ Transparency o HH Z OK Q canel 2 Apply The Bands tab contains the following options 4 Band 1 Opens a drop down menu of available bands 4 Add Adds the band selected from the drop down menu of bands to the gauge chart You can create up to five bands for a gauge chart 1 Remove Removes the band selected from the drop down menu of bands to the gauge chart 4 Minimum Value Enter a minimum value to a quality band in the gauge chart 4 Maximum Value Enter a maximum value to a quality band in the gauge chart 4 Border Color Opens the Color dialog box where you can edit the color of the gauge band border WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 325 Formatting a Gauge Chart Fill 4 No fill Removes fill from the quality band 4 Solid fill Default Applies a solid color to the quality band 4 Color Click this option to open the Color dialog box where you can select the color for the quality band 4 Transparency Move the slider to make the band opaque 0 or transparent 100 The default is 0 The Advanced tab contains options to set additional properties for the gauge needle It is shown in the following image E Format Gauge x General Options Advanced Axis Scale amp Labels E Descending Axis Tick Marks V Show Zero Label Bands E Gauge Center by Quality Advanced a Gauge Start Angle 220 0 Gauge Stop Angle 320 0 Relative Inner Radius 0 7 Relative Thickness 0 1
127. T 475 MA 649 ME 575 434 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist The following image shows the dashboard output with the region prompt cascading down to the state level NorthEast SouthEast 3 of 45 records Page 1 of 1 Product State Quantity Region Code Sold NJ NY RI o vt cT MA ME NH Note If you set up more than one cascade the cascade that you interact with last is the one that filters the report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 435 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard 436 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Using Slicers You can use InfoAssist to create slicers dynamic filters that you can use with reports charts dashboards and documents WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 437 Creating Slicers Creating Slicers You can create slicers by dragging fields to the Slicers tab or through the context menu of a field When you create a slicer group it appears on the Slicers tab as shown in the following image T gE 1 Run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field 2 New Group Pravjaw so fe Clear Slicers Yi Update Pre Run Time Options x Record Limit Fy Group 1 You can use slicers to dynamically filter reports at design time in InfoAssist You can dynamically filter reports at run time when they are included in an InfoMini application For more information on InfoMini see Building InfoMini A
128. Televisions Hide Column Grid Tool Chart Rollup Tool Pivot Tool Show Records Comments Send as E mail Save Changes Export Print Window Restore Original Active Technologies Report Menu Options Menu options for an active report are described in the following table fenton Betton OOOO Sort Ascending Sorts the column in ascending order Sort Descending Sorts the column in descending order WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 393 Creating an Active Technologies Report omn Joem O Filter Filters the data Options are Equals Not equal Greater than Greater than or equal to Less than Less than or equal to Between Contains Contains match case Omits m m m m m m m m m m m Omits match case Calculate Calculation types that you can apply to the column 4 Clear 4 Clear all 4 Count J Count distinct which counts the number of distinct values within a field For numeric fields you can also apply 4 Sum Avg Min Max of Total 394 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist om Joem O Chart Creates a chart from the report Options are Pie Line Bar and Scatter Rollup Lists the fields available to create a Rollup table Pivot Cross Tab Lists the fields available to create a Pivot table Visualize Adds or removes visualization bars to the selected column The Visualize option is available for numeric data c
129. Thirties Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Video Players Female Thirties Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Video Production Female Thirties Male Young Adult WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 417 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard The following steps describe how to bind the Gender field in the gender report table_2 to the drop down list prompt 6 Right click the next active dashboard prompt to which you want to bind a field and click Properties 418 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist For example in the following image the drop down list prompt on the gender report is selected Al T Product Quantity Central i eg MidEast MidEast rem F Televisions 6 NorthEast Video Players 8 NorthWest Video Production 2 SouthEast NorthEast 10 Televisions 1 SouthWest Video Players 10 West a Video Production 1 SouthEast Stereo Systems 10 Televisions 5 Video Players 8 Product Properties Catego Gender___Age Group Stereo Systems Female Thirties 32 Size and Position Young Adult X Delete Male Thirties Young Adult Televisions Female Teen Thirti Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Video Players Female Thirties Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Video Production Female Thirties Male Young Adult WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 419 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard The active dashboard
130. Vertical Multi 5Y Bar Not in HTML5 In this section Pie Chart Types A pie chart is a circular chart that represents parts of a whole A pie chart emphasizes where your data fits in relation to a larger whole Pie charts work best when the data consists of several large segments As a best practice limit your pie chart to five measures Too many measures can divide a pie into many thin slices that could become difficult to see Use color on individual segments to create visual contrast Note You cannot plot negative data on a pie chart WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts When to use Use a pie chart when you have several large segments of data that you want to display as a whole For example the following image is a pie chart that shows the educational background of the customers of a retailer Customers Graduate Degree W High School W No High School W Other W Undergraduate Pie Chart Types The following table lists the available pie chart types Available Pie Chart Types Multi Pie Multi Ring Pie Multi Proportional Pie Not in HTML5 Multi Proportional Ring Pie Not in HTML5 Single Pie Single Ring Pie Pie Bar Not in HTML5 Ring Pie Bar Not in HTML5 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 187 Selecting a Chart Line Charts 188 In this section Line Chart Types Line charts are useful for emphasizing the movement or trend of numerical data over time They allow you to trace the
131. a chart 4 Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can edit the color of Band 2 4 Transparency Move the slider to make the Band 2 opaque 0 or transparent 100 The default is 0 4 Enter or select the percentage of the transparency of Band 2 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 271 Formatting Gridlines Use the Quadrant Lines tab to control the placement and style of the quadrant lines in your scatter and bubble chart The Quadrant Lines tab is shown in the following image I Format Horizontal Grid Lines ee Quadrant Lines Minor Grid Lines E Show Quadrant Line Color Bands Vale 1 234567E30 Quack ant Lines Line Style gy Frames A OK Cancel amp Apply The Quadrant Lines tab contains the following options 4 Show Quadrant Line Select this option to show the quadrant line Clear this option to suppress the quadrant line 4 Value Enter a value to control where the quadrant line will be placed on the X axis 4 Line Style Click this icon to open the Line Style dialog box where you can edit the color weight and style of the quadrant line 272 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Use the Frames tab to enable or disable frame regions and to set the location and style of the frame text The Frames tab is shown in the following image Piel Major Grid Lines Frames Minor Grid Lines E Show Frame Regions Color Bands Region 1 x Add Remove Quadrant Lines Location 9
132. aa ae e E aeae aea a teehee 23 Creating a New Procedure cc c ccecceccceeeeeceescceeeteecscetesceceuesescneescuenseeeseatoeeecnebeceesteadenens 23 Accessing INFOASSISt OPtiONS c ccccccecseceececceececseeceeseceeeaecueceesaceesecaeseecuesessesseeeeseesanaes 24 Getting Started sasra ecenin honuadevcacunoscaundeseca A EE a AE E E EEEREN EEE RE Ea 24 KEN o AEE S AEEA AE A AEA T E A EE AEA EA E E A ENE 25 Changing User Preference ccccccecscceccaeceeceececneccuececuecuneeeceeceeaesaueaeseeseesesaueeesesenseesees 25 Startup OPUONS neiere science aa a e a ed a e a eo a a r eiriaa 26 layo t Autos Occpodatcunetesndtusnndodcwetesuegutcuseeeeetubomeruonclecouncmenenosee 26 Vi AAE E E A E A E A E E A E AN E E E E E E 27 ON MG aas e E e a E EE a E a E 27 Environment and Styling ccccccccceeeceeceecececeecececeecececuececuesececueseaeceeseceseesucesenseseges 27 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 3 Contents 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface c1scsccseeseseeeeseeseseeseseeeeseneeeseeesseseesaees 29 INFOASSISt Application WiINGOW ccesceecececesecececeeeseseceaeseseseaeseseneaesesestansesestatsesestansegentas 30 Application Main Me nu cccecccececeeececeeeeecececeenceceeeencesecaeaceseeseaeececseaeececeeaeeseeetaeeseeeeaees 31 Quick ACCESS TOOIDAL iriiri dad curessvcceneesuscusdssedentudsce ves sciessuescushuvetesaseudusetarvitdentuesducr es 35 riale p E E ep E A E sheets nan sctdadenge A E
133. aesecentanseseseaesesentansesestansesentas 83 Report Group REPOMts cccccecececcececeececeecececsecececececuececeeeeceseeseaeseegeaeseeseseserseseges 84 Field Tab txcoecaeeesieatteces E E a a Se eae 85 Filter GOUD aiceanta neeaae e E eA e e ae ia r AE ebia eee 86 SOM GOUD aeree ee epre Ee eaea aeee ei vet eaa eN eb aaia 89 Br ak Group REPOMMS 2 ciieticonesdccvces chee cececetcent darie awn seed Eea ara TA EtA ER a Eta aR EEEE 90 Style GrOUP sepie senripare r EE 91 FORMAL GlOUD ridirean n E a aa E a E E EAA E G EA E A EE AAEE 91 Display Gro P ietisadecnicescadtoxtecenGsncensopeed anGeedayuceeaasiacadsusmedradiaentuseecenciaeasncaceeGhedeadsmensoene 92 LINKS GOUD arenis apie a EER EE EE O EEE a EEEa 93 DOMES VAD avrundes a a aa oh dea a du eden ced E a a a aa Eaa E 95 SELECT GrOUD aerisire iskee e E E A E a Eaa a 95 Properties GroUDescsai rn a R E E A aa a E T DEED REES 95 Line Grop eie e eE A EE A E E E 97 PIC GOUD ee E E e E a E S E E a AAA 98 DISPIAY GrOUP E E T 99 Understanding the Resources PANel cscecceceecececeececuecececueeecueueaecueaeaecueeeauseeeseserseseees 99 Using the Data Pane to Add Fields to a Report ccccccceceececeeeeeeceeeeceseeeeeueeeaeeeees 104 Using the Query Design Pane in the Resources Panel sccscsececeesececeeeceeeeseeeees 105 Using Right Click Field Options in the Query Design Pane cscccceceececeeeeceeeeeeeeees 108 Understanding the Results Panel cccccec
134. ailable Not Available must be set to display in InfoAssist Properties The following image shows the Output Types group for reports HTML HTS Active Active PDF Active Exce PowerPoint Report Flash PDF Output Types The following image shows the Output Types group for charts HTML HTMLS Active Active PDF Active xce PowerPoint Report Flash PDF Output Types 52 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows the Output Types group for documents PDF D PDF Er PDF HTS Active Active Active Excel PowerPoint Report Flash PDF Output Types HTML5 The HTML5 output format allows you to render a chart in the browser using a built in JavaScript engine Charts with this output format utilize the very latest capabilities of the HTML5 web standard including animation high quality vector output and attractive alpha channel and gradient effects Enabling Additional Output Types The output types of PNG GIF JPEG and SVG do not appear in the Output Types group by default You can enable them by opening the WebFOCUS Administration Console selecting Utilities and then InfoAssist Properties If these formats are not enabled and you try to open an existing procedure with PNG then HTML becomes the output In addition the following warning messages could open 4 When opening an existing procedure with JPEG GIF or SVG a warning message opens indicating that the request is not allowed with
135. ailable in InfoAssist Basic The Pie group contains options to expand or hide pie slices It is shown in the following image 4 Expand Hide Pie The Pie group is activated only when you click Pie on the Format tab in the Chart Types group Note The pie options are not available in InfoAssist Basic WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Display Group The Display group contains the Reverse Order command to reverse the order of a series when All Series is selected in the Select group It is shown in the following image The Reverse Order option is available for all chart types Understanding the Resources Panel The Resources panel displays the Data pane in the upper half of the panel and the Query Design pane in the lower half of the panel by default When you select Query Design view the Resources panel displays the Data pane only You select Query Design view on the Home tab in the Design group clicking Query or on the View tab in the Design group clicking Query WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 99 Understanding the Resources Panel The following image shows the default view of the Resources panel which displays the Data pane above the Query Design pane when you create a report Year Sales E f Time Shipped Year Shipped Time Delivery Year Delivery S Time Estimated Delivery 4 Year Estimated Delivery 100 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoA
136. alog box where you can select a color for the gauge needle Note If you are working with a gauge chart with more than one series then you use the Format Series dialog box to format the color of the gauge needle and its border Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the gauge needle border Note If you are working with a gauge chart with more than one series then you use the Format Series dialog box to format the color of the gauge needle and its border 320 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Gauge Title 4 Show title Default Displays a gauge title appear for each gauge Clear this option to suppress the title 4 Position Select a position for the gauge title The options are 4 Above default 4 Center 4 Below 4 Style Click this icon to open the Style dialog box where you can style text Gauge value Show value Default Clear this option to suppress the gauge value 4 Style Click this icon to open the Style dialog box where you can style text WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 321 Formatting a Gauge Chart Use the Axis Scale amp Labels tab to set the axis scale and label properties for the gauge needle The Axis Scale amp Labels tab is shown in the following image 1 Format Gauge x General Options Axis Scale amp Labels ee Boe Tick Marks Automatic Minimum Bands Value Advanced Automatic Maximum Value Labels V
137. an one prompt on the canvas you can cascade prompts to populate based on the selections of the previous prompts Cascading prompts have a parent child relationship in which the parent filters the available options of the child An active prompt can be the parent of more than one other prompt but cannot be a child of more than one prompt 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view bind at least two active prompts to fields as described in Using Multiple Reports as Targets and Sources on page 411 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 429 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard 430 In the following image a report has been created to show the quantity of electronics sold by states within a region Two prompts a radio button to select the region and a check box to select the state have been added to the report The objective is to be able to select a region and then cascade down to the state level Central MidEast 5 NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast 5 SouthWest 5 West AK AL AR AZ CA Z CO CT DC DE FL GA HI A m Product Catego Region Stereo Systems NorthEast SouthEast Televisions NorthEast SouthEast Video Players NorthEast SouthEast State Code a a a E a a a ES a a E Quantity Sold NNU a NNa OUN asas Ne aana woe CANN 2 Right click the active dashboa
138. anaedcawgecdidaetnec nda ghdiv ia eaaa aa and e eaaa ia ae A a eaa 451 Group TaD e a aa E e E E EE EE eles E ERa 453 9 Building InfoMini Applications c scscsessssssssesesceeeseseseseseeseseseseseessesenes 455 Understanding InfoMini Applications ccccceccecceeceeeeceeceecueceececaeeceeeeseeseesesseeseesesensaes 456 Using the INfOMini ButtONn 00 ccccc cece ccte ania a naa aa niaii 457 Creating an InfoMini AppliCation cccccccecceceeeeeceeceeeceecececeecececuececsceeceserseseceesesesenses 461 A GIS SEY waste sataccesetaudenversewassateswvensnsaiwassaassweassnesduansedaddensasssaresnassdeusnsaweasuessseess 471 Key CONCEDES sascssccan sac ddancasecanctecaspoasincdcmepnod O T A A A A A EEE 472 Reader CommentsS ssss u0un 483 8 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Preface This documentation describes how to use the WebFOCUS InfoAssist application It is intended for users that need to create modify and run reports Contact your local Information Builders account manager to learn how to license and enable this new capability Note The WebFOCUS toolset generates the rich FOCUS fourth generation language While this language is very extensive the WebFOCUS toolset only supports a subset of the language and only specific syntax constructs While the user can manually modify the content of these WebFOCUS procedures and files there is no guarantee that the user will
139. and Customizing Documents Procedure Procedure How to Access Document View by Opening a Report From the Quick Access Toolbar You can access documents in Document view from the InfoAssist Quick Access Toolbar 1 With InfoAssist open click Open existing item from the Quick Access Toolbar An Open dialog box appears 2 Select one of the documents which are represented by the Document E icon Click OK InfoAssist opens the document in Document view Note If you select a single report in step 2 InfoAssist opens the report in either Query Design view or Live Preview To view a copy of the report in Document view see How to Access Document View From the Document Button on the Home and View Tabs on page 359 How to Access Document View From the Document Button on the Home and View Tabs With InfoAssist open in Live Preview or Query Design view you can access Document view by clicking the Document button in the Design group The Design group appears on both the Home and View tabs Accessing Document view by clicking the Document button creates a copy of the current single report as a document You can use this method to promote My Content to Document view You can also access Document view in Reporting Objects by following this procedure Note When a Reporting Object is promoted to Document view any reports and charts that the Reporting Object has are added to the canvas 1 With an InfoAssist report open click eit
140. and documents It also displays the Help menu For details see Ribbon on page 36 4 Help Provides access to the online documentation window for InfoAssist and the Focal Point website in a new browser window 5 Resources panel Displays the fields from the selected data source in the Data pane Also displays the Query Design pane below the Data pane except in Query Design view For more information see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 6 Results panel Displays the Query Design pane Layout canvas or Output window WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 The Query Design pane appears when you select Query Design view 4 The Layout canvas appears in Live Preview mode when you create or modify a report In Live Preview mode the Results panel displays a preview of the report as you create the report 4 The Output window appears when you execute a report For more information see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 7 Navigation taskbar Displays groups and icons that provide different views and quick access to all active reports and report output For details see Using the Navigation Taskbar on page 131 8 Status bar Provides an output format button that you click to see the selected format and an output target button that you click to view the selected option for displaying new output windows or tabs For more information see Using the Status Bar on page 133 Application Main Menu IA
141. and the values that satisfy the second condition in red 1 2 Open a report in Live Preview Open the Traffic Light Condition dialog box in one of the following ways m Ribbon Select a field on the report and then on the Field tab in the Display group click Traffic Lights Right Click Menu Right click a field on the report point to More and then click Traffic Light Conditions The Traffic Light Condition dialog box opens From the drop down menu below the field name select a relational operator The options are C O O O O O Equal to Not equal to Greater than Less than Greater than or equal to Less than or equal to In the field to the right of the operator drop down menu click the arrow for the Type drop down menu The Type dialog box opens In the Type dialog box select Field The Type dialog box displays the Dimensions and Measures and Properties of your data You can display the data in the following ways m View fields in business order Select from the following options Title Description Name Alias View fields in a sortable grid Select from the following options Name Title Alias Format Segment Filename Description Reference View the hierarchical structure of the data Select from the following options Title Description Name Alias WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 151 Styling Reports 6 Select a field Click OK The field that you selected appears in th
142. anel Using the Data Pane to Add Fields to a Report 104 There are several ways that you can add data source fields to a report You can drag and drop double click or right click data source fields in the Data pane to add them to a Query field container or Filter in the Query Design pane After you add data source fields to a Query field container you can change the order of the fields by dragging and dropping one field above or below another field Drag and Drop This method provides the most control You can drag and drop data source fields from the Data pane to the appropriate Query field container or Filter in the Query Design pane For a larger work area in which to drop data source fields in the appropriate Query field container make sure that Query Design view is selected and then on the View tab in the Query Panel group click Areas 2x2 or Areas 1x4 You select Query Design view on the Home tab in the Design group by clicking Query or on the View tab in the Design group by clicking Query That selection expands the Query Design pane so that it is opened in the Results Panel Multi Select You can multi select data source fields that you want to add to a report in Live Preview Query Design view and Document view To select multiple data source fields to add to a report click the appropriate fields while holding the Ctrl key on the keyboard You can drag and drop fields onto the canvas or add them to the Query field con
143. anel A new report instance is also created and preserved by the addition of a new output tab on the Navigation taskbar Each output tab maintains the output of the report that generated the corresponding output window Selecting an output tab on the Navigation taskbar loads the associated output instance into the output window Single Window When you click Single Window and run a report a new browser window is opened and populated with the report output As you modify the report the same browser window is refreshed each time the report is run If the browser window is closed and the report is run a new browser window is opened again and is refreshed for each subsequent run The output is not displayed in the Results panel and an output tab is not added to the Navigation taskbar New Window When you click New Window each time you run a report a new browser window is opened and populated with the report output The output is not displayed in the Results panel and an output tab is not added to the Navigation Taskbar WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Reference Output View Options The following are output view options Arrange that you can select 4 Cascade When you click Cascade if multiple output windows exist they are cascaded diagonally across the Results panel as shown in the following image This option does not affect open browser windows when you select New Window or Single Window P Reportij0 ox P
144. ansenusunssususuuunenvcususduens 9 Documentation CONnVentiONns cccce cece e ee eee eee ee ee eae reece neces een eae ata e eee 10 Related PUBLICATIONS sisina bccas antceesyantees Sahu a a ea en a aE ASAA a AEE 11 CUSLOMEr SUPDOM s sidien aar a a a oi Aaa D a a aS Ee EE Aaaa e Eaa aO Ea EEE e EaR aerei si 11 Information You Should HaVe ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeseeseeeseeeseeseeeseeseeeseeseeeseeneeeneenees 12 Ws r Feedpack estis rnei E EE 13 Information Builders Consulting and TraiNing cccccccceeceeceeceeceeaeceeeecueceecuseeseeaeseeseesees 13 1 Introducing InfoASsist csccceseeeeecneeeeeeeseeseseeseseeeeeeeseesnsessesesseseeeeneeenssesaees 15 IMOAS SI SU sevice cen E E A T A E E A A E A A E E 16 P rsonal IMOASSIS tatc a O o E EE E E Ea EE EEEN 16 INTOASSISE Basiano REAA EAR TERREA aE A RER ARa AEA E ARAROA 17 OMINI sse a E a a E E a E a toasts 18 Accessibility Compliance With INfOASSISt ccccccecceceeceeeeceeceececeucaeceeceeceecesaeeseeeeseesenaes 19 2 Getting Started With InfoAssist csccscseescsecseeeesenseeeeseeenseeseseeseeseseesesesees 21 ACCESSING INTOASSIS isise E e EE E EE EEE 22 Accessing Personal INfOASSISt cccccecceeeeceeceeceeseeceeaeceeceesueseesesusaueaeseeseesesesseeeesaesaeaes 22 Accessing InfOASSISt BASIC cc ssccces secceeveecde sce chew sae iieri ada eie ctv aewdsieadecedentwcsdceses 23 Accessing INTOMIN cspsccdccpe diving caccucescteve eaa aaa
145. as set Quantity Sold Stereo Systems Procedure How to Style Axis Labels 1 Create a gauge chart 2 Open the Style dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges to open the Format Gauge dialog box In the Format Gauge dialog box open the Axis Scale amp Labels tab In the Labels area click the Style Labels icon 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis label and click Style The Style dialog box opens 332 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 3 Select your styling options 4 Click OK The scale labels reflect the style selections that you have made The following image shows a gauge chart with the axis labels in bold red Courier font Quantity Sold Stereo Systems Procedure How to Format Axis Labels 1 Create a gauge chart 2 Access the menu of available format options for axis labels in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges to open the Format Gauge dialog box In the Format Gauge dialog box open the Axis Scale amp Labels tab In the Labels area open the Format Labels drop down menu 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis label and point to Format The menu of available format options opens WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 333 Formatting a Gauge Chart 3 Select your format option Note If you select a custom format for example User Pattern or Use Pattern
146. ashboard 4 Drop Down Inserts a drop down prompt placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas 408 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist 4 List Inserts a list prompt placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas Checkbox Inserts a check box prompt placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas 4 Radio Button Inserts a radio button prompt placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas 4 Text Inserts a text area prompt placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas Target Reports Procedure When you bind a field to an active dashboard prompt the default target report is the report from which you dragged the field You can add or remove target reports from an active dashboard prompt through the active dashboard properties dialog box For more information on using the active dashboard properties dialog box see Using Multiple Reports as Targets and Sources on page 411 A report must meet one of the following requirements to be a target report 4 The report contains a field with the same name as the source field actual field name or AS name The Master File of the report has a field with the same name as the source field If a report is eligible to be a target report because the field has the same user entered title and the title is changed the report is automatically removed as a target How to Add an Active Technologies Dashboard Prompt t
147. asure fields 2 Open the Format Legends dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Layout group open the Legends drop down menu and select More Legend Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click the legend and select More Legend Options The Format Legends dialog box opens For more information see Format Legend Dialog Box on page 256 3 On the Fill tab set the fill color and transparency options for the legend background 4 Click OK to close the dialog box The legend is formatted accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 265 Formatting a Legend The following image shows a chart with a legend with a teal background 35K 30K 25K 20K 15K 10K 5K 0 Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region Procedure How to Specify the Color of a Legend Border 266 1 2 Create a chart with multiple measure fields Open the Format Legends dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Layout group open the Legends drop down menu and select More Legend Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click the legend and select More Legend Options The Format Legends dialog box opens For more information see Format Legend Dialog Box on page 256 On the Border Styles tab select the option to Show Border Click the Color icon to open the Color dialog box where you can specify the color of the legen
148. at Tab 56 Note You can only choose one option from this group The Navigation group is shown in the following image Table Table of Freeze Pages On aa amp Contents Demand Analysis Navigation Table is selected by default and generates standard WebFOCUS browser output Table of Contents Generates output by displaying a table of contents icon in the upper left corner where report output typically appears Clicking Table of Contents opens a menu that enables you to select view individual values of the first Sort By By field one value at a time You can also select options to view the entire report or remove the table of contents For more information see How to Create Table of Contents Reports on page 173 The Table of Contents option is activated only when HTML active report Excel or PowerPoint output format is selected Note You cannot use the Table of Contents with the Accordion feature For more information see How to Create Accordion Reports on page 177 4 Freeze Generates output with column titles that freeze remain in view when you scroll through pages of the report output For more information see How to Freeze Column Titles in a Report on page 175 Pages On Demand Displays one page of output at a time This option provides a menu bar at the bottom of the report output where you can choose to view additional pages of output For more information see How to Create Pages On Demand Reports on page 176
149. ata pane Resources panel using different views that are labeled Logical default List and Structured All three views provide options for displaying each data source field as a Title Description Field or Alias The List view also includes options to show the Alias Format and Reference of each field The Data Panel group is shown in the following image ee Zale List Structured Data Panel The following is an example of the default Logical view displaying the Title of each field gt K WF_RETAIL S Dimensions Geography Region Product Product Category Time Sales Year Sales Time Shipped amp Year Shipped 3 Time Delivery Year Delivery 3 Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery Education i m WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 79 View Tab The following is an example of the List view displaying the data source Field Name of each field The following is an example of the Structured view displaying the Description of each field J data WF_RETAIL 4 FACT_SALES Quantity Sold Revenue MSRP Discount Cost A Gross Profit S DIM_PRODUCT ID_PRODUCT Product Category Product Subcategory Brand Type 80 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Query Panel Group The Query Panel group contains commands to provide three different views of the Query D
150. ate charts using one of the following output formats bu O O O O O bk HTML HTML5 active report active Flash PDF active PDF Excel PowerPoint The HTML5 output format allows you to render a chart in the browser using a built in JavaScript engine Charts with this output format utilize the very latest capabilities of the HTML5 Web standard including animation high quality vector output and attractive alpha channel and gradient effects Note Not every chart type can be output in every format listed here To make sure that the chart that you are creating can be output in the format that you want please see the topic for that particular chart type WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 203 Accessing Chart Formatting Tools Accessing Chart Formatting Tools In this section Identifying Chart Elements Using Live Preview Using Right Click Field Options in the Query Design Pane Your presentation of data on a chart is successful when it communicates to your audience the message that you intend InfoAssist helps you meet the needs of your audience and convey your message by providing numerous chart features For example you can adjust the appearance of a chart add layers of information or customize the labels that identify the data on the chart Identifying Chart Elements 204 The following image identifies the basic elements that you can customize on a chart The elements that are annotated here are for a vertical bar chart
151. bels x senreoptons General Options E Show Data Labels Position Above v Angle 90 Radius 10 Format Labels General a Custom Format Style Labels ie V Show Cumulative Sums Stacked Total E Show Stacked Total Show Zero Labels Style Labels e A OK QO Cancel Apply These options specific to a stack chart are 4 Show Cumulative Sums Select this option to have the data text labels show cumulative sums Clear this option to have data text labels show individual sums 4 Show Stacked Total Select this option to display stacked totals Data position should be set to Center to display a stacked total Bubble and stock charts share the same General Options and Advanced tabs as bar line and area charts except for the Custom Label option WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 247 Formatting Data Labels 248 For pie charts the General Option and Advanced tabs are replaced by the Pie Labels and Pie Title tabs Use the Pie Labels tab to customize your pie data labels The Pie Labels tab is shown in the following image E Format Labels x e d aly Pie Labels Pie Title Label Position Feeler Lines and Labels Label Display Percent Value v Format Labels Percent with no decimal v Custom Format Style Labels e Feeler Line Line Style ay JY OK Q canel amp Apply The Pie Labels tab contains the following options a Label Position Select from this drop down menu an option to control
152. cal positions match You must have multiple components selected to use the align options The alignment is anchored by the component that is in the farthest position of the selected alignment For example if you select two components and click Align Left the components align horizontally with the component farthest to the left 1 Open or create a document with at least two components 2 Select a component 378 WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents 3 Select a second component by holding the Ctrl key and clicking a component Note You can select multiple components simultaneously by holding the Ctrl key and with the left mouse dragging a selection box around the components When you release the mouse sizing handles appear around each component that you selected Sizing handles appear around the components as shown in the following image fA Ew T E Orun Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Fizld a ee Report Chart Text Image Report Box Objects P Document ETTE Pea el Fae ee a el T Product Quantity is report contains data about Catena sold e quantity of electronics E Year Delivery products sold S Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery Education PS Document WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 379 Building a Document 4 Align the components using one of the following methods 4 Right click one of the selected componen
153. ccccceccececeeeceeeeeecueceaeceeeeaesuececeseeseceseeseceeenseeeees 182 Selecting a Chartissa Ace buwcdoeuapededoumcwensenciehcuwosetecsobeanuetreneoedetlueiedSwouncbutosrcnume 183 B i CRAIN ooops Sateen a a a adenoma sean ancGnosecewesnenan eesneae 183 Pie CMAS foe states E E E E Ea a E a aE a EE 186 LMG RG INAULS soni a e e a EA 188 Area Cna Saasen e a E a a E 189 MUItEAXIS Charts iicaiieo einstein edere i enata eaea Ee eat a eeano EEE EOE EEDE 191 AO OLE e E E E E ace det TE EE T E Seats 191 SI BIKO 0 g EEA E E A E A A A A A T 195 LOCK TE E E E A E E E T 196 Special Chants 223s sdesesses sc ddoxsepeassacoks sawid ousvacesnaswacwedudsasmadeiG inne udeveasapboren sounedSindsaasnenase 197 COMBINATION CHAMS sic casca aikdecsaegaesndes sex naespesmcbsnsnedeagacwcanndbegecudesdieneetedeususdaeneerdeswe 198 Creating a Cialtwsccccctescercdesessccmagdaddancususmandvedeaudas satudeastemses R AEREE ER nee EREEREER ESES 199 Char OUMULS aerer es a E E de cssutsncncwadsieecusacrseass 203 Accessing Chart Formatting Tools cccccecceceecececeecececeeceeeceececaeaeceeeeaeseeceseseeseseeeeaesers 204 Identifying Chart ElQMENts ccccccececceececseeceeseceeceeuecueseeaeeeesecueseesasueseeseseesaees 204 USING LIVE PreVIW ciseccecceccceessecsesesentssedus ea a a a aaa aaa daai Eida E 205 Using Right Click Field Options in the Query Design Pane scecseceeeeeceeeeceeeesees 207 Formatting a SOMOS kreep e er aE ar rA areara bhudoabdv
154. cccsccececeececeececeeeceseeeceseeeeeeeenseeeees 342 Using Additional Formatting Features cccccccececceceeeeeceeeececeeeececeeceeeceececeseeseeeeenseeeees 345 6 Creating and Customizing Documents scsccsceeesceeeseeseeeeseeseeeeseeeeseseeneeees 355 Accessing DOCUMENT VICW ccceeee cece e eee eee eee sannana kaaa eens ae esa Ea e aes AEE ii 356 BUllding a DOCUMEN sissies a en dun aaa aa ea ai 361 Inserting Reports From Multiple Data SOuUrceS ssssesessseseserensrrrrnerrensnrnsnenrnerrrrnnnn 361 Ins rting a New REDON 22 1 2 scseceseeceeecdecncecte need edenedehivenes ien eaa daa naeia aE eaii a 363 Inserting a New Cian cesc ccs sencsnscdusacaccnmtae cans veuany cobccansav sites i end su ceendagenennavobeneeseacuaean 367 inserting AN Existing REPOMt c0cccsccceeeeeeseccceeoeeeoeecsecseenbeconesouscbenceeobensuansensnersersenssns 371 Creating a Document From a Single REPoOrt cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeseeeeeeneeees 372 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 7 Contents Inserting Text ANd IMAES ccceccececececeeeececeecececeeceeecuececceesueueceseeeeseseeseseneesesees 372 Editing Components in a DOCUMENL ccccceccececeeceeeceeseceeeeseseeaesueseseseeetseseseeses 374 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With ING OA SSIS iiaii nonan anaana kaana a aaae Ruana aan 391 Creating an Active Technologies Report cccccsccececcceceecececeecececeec
155. cceceececeececeeeeeeceecececueceaucueceeesueseseceeeseterseseees 115 Using the Query Design Pane in the Results Panel cccecceceeeececeeceseceeseseeeesees 116 Understanding the Layout Canvas cccccecseseceecececeeceeeceecececeeseeeeceseeeesesesaeseseseesees 119 Understanding Output Options ccccccecceeeceecececeeceeeceecececeeseeeeeseeeeseseeaesesessesees 121 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 5 Contents Using the Navigation TaSkbDal cccccccceccecececececeececeeeececuecececueeececuecececueeeceseeeeeeseaeseees 131 USING th Status Baris ccvvsiecinecactievevesueduretiuwaves coaadeveees aa E R REE ORR EERE RR EE REEE 133 4 Creating and Customizing ReportS s 135 Creating a Basic RED OM tiicsci acces cosdeesepeceveevenebdeces n a e aae ERANA EEEE 136 Report OUTDUTSS rar a aa aaa a Eea R R E Aa E a a aAA EEEE aa e AEREA 138 SITE E LO Lae A A A A A 139 Changing a Field Format cccccececcccecnececeeececeececeeeeaucuecececeeeeseceeseseseesesetsesesersesesenees 154 Using Custom Reporting Features ccccccccceccececeececeeeececeeceeecueaucecueceeesueseseeeesesensnseseees 157 Creating Customized Report OUtPUtS ccccccececeeceeeeeeceecececeececeeeeceeeceececeeseseseesesesenees 170 5 Creating and Customizing Charts ccscscsscsssscesesseeeeseseeseseeseseeseeeseseeneeees 181 Visualizing Your Data With Charts ccc
156. cers tab 2 Add a field to an existing slicer group using one of the following methods 4 Select a field from the Data pane and drag it onto an existing slicer group or 4 Right click a field in the Data pane point to Slicers and then click Existing Group as shown in the following image Vv Wilt Jeadiiked Ej Run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field rmen mmo Clear Slicers Run Time W Update Preview Tine CG Options Record Limit a Group 1 4 Interactive Des Drag and drop fields onto the canvas or into the query pane to begin building your report Region Produc Pro Model Prov me O E SD ee o Product o Select an existing group from the menu as shown in the following image and then click OK Add Slicer x The field is added to the existing group Procedure How to Add a Hierarchy as a Slicer Group 440 WebFOCUS 8 Using Slicers Note You cannot drag and drop parent child hierarchies onto the Slicers tab 1 Click the Slicers tab 2 Add a hierarchy as a slicer group using one of the following methods 4 Select a hierarchy from the Data pane and drag it onto an existing slicer group The hierarchy is added as a new group not as a slicer in the existing group The new group is given the same name as the hierarchy or 4 Click the New Group button to create a new slicer group Select a hierarchy from the Data pane and drag it onto the Drag Fie
157. come Subrange ID_LINDUSTRY a ba p T Fiter Note You can also select a field within the chart by clicking the field in the Query pane of the Resources panel Make sure that the chart that contains the field you would like to edit is selected on the canvas You can now edit the selected chart using commands available through the context menu or the ribbon For more information on styling and customizing charts see Creating and Customizing Charts on page 181 How to Edit Text When you select a component you can perform various functions on the component such as moving and resizing it as explained in How to Move a Component on page 377 After clicking a component you can use the ribbon to affect all settings of the selected component except for fields You can double click or right click a component to select individual fields to edit through the context menu or Field tab In addition to editing text you can style and customize reports and charts For more information on reports see How to Style and Customize a Report on page 382 For more information on charts see How to Style and Customize a Chart on page 384 Note Images cannot be edited 1 Open or create a document with at least one text component 2 Select the text WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents Sizing handles appear around the border as shown in the following image an Format Data Slicers Layout View Field D P B
158. contains options to set the number of records per page enable the display of page information edit the alignment and set the location of the page information Records Per Page Select the number of records that you would like to display per page The options are 4 All 10 20 30 40 0 O O O O 50 Display Page Information Select this option to display page information Clear this option to disable the display of page information 4 Alignment Click the appropriate button to set the alignment of the page information Options are Left Center and Right 4 Location Select the location for the page information The options are Top Row and Bottom Row Chart Options This area contains options that pertain to charts 4 Chart Engine Select the chart engine to determine the set of charts that you can create The options are 4 Standard Uses the Active Technologies default chart engine This option is available for output format types AHTML FLEX and APDF 4 Dynamic This setting is the default for the output format types AHTML and FLEX For AHTML this uses the current Flash charts by default on browsers with Flash Player that may not support the functionality in the new JavaScript charts such as older releases of Internet Explorer These charts will automatically switch to the new JavaScript charts on browsers that do not support Flash such as Safari on the iPad HTMLS Uses the new JavaScript charts for the output f
159. ct this option to open the Auto Drill amp Analysis dialog box as shown in the following image WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 171 Creating Customized Report Outputs Auto Drill amp Analysis x OLAP options Auto drill options OLAP panel is not accessible Dimensions OLAP panel is accessible Dimensions and Measures Hide access to the OLAP Panel None Dimension filtering enabled Filtering position Top m Dimensions grouped in tabs JS OK Reset canel amp Apply In addition to the options discussed previously the Auto Drill amp Analysis dialog box allows the following additional configuration and customization options for OLAP output 4 Hide access to the OLAP panel Select this option to hide access to the OLAP panel Dimension filtering enabled This option provides a secondary positioning option allowing placement of the filters on the Top default or Bottom of the report Note If the Dimension filtering enabled option is cleared at any time the position option resets to Top 4 Auto drill options The auto drill options are 4 Dimensions Select this option to automatically drill down on dimensions in both reports and graphs Dimensions and Measures Default Select this option to automatically drill down on dimensions in both reports and graphs and on measures in reports None Select this option to disable automatic drill downs 2 Select an option 172 WebFOCUS 4
160. ctive Flash PDF the default for documents active PDF Excel 2007 reports designed in Live Preview and Query Design views only Excel Excel Formula reports designed in Live Preview and Query Design views only Excel Pivot reports designed in Live Preview and Query Design views only bu O O O O O O O PowerPoint When you run a report the output is created in the format that is currently selected You can also select output format options on the Format tab in the Output Types group and on the status bar from the output format drop down menu Note If you are running InfoAssist Basic your output format options are limited PowerPoint and active PDF are not supported for charts and reports PDF Excel active report and active Flash are not supported for charts Report or Chart Determines whether report specific or chart specific functionality is available in the InfoAssist tool The default name ReportX or ChartY is given for each new report or chart created in a given InfoAssist session X and Y are numbers that start at 1 and increase by 1 for each report or chart created For more information on switching between multiple reports see View Tab on page 78 When Chart is selected as shown in the following image you are able to access the File menu in the Format group However if you select Report the File menu is unavailable a Lil Chart S Report HTML am Format File Creates an image file from a char
161. cument view is shown in the following image S S tn List E ec EE Arrange Data Panel Query Panel j Drag and drop fields onte the z mieki canvas or into the query pane B Product Category to begin building your report 5 Time Sales 356 WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents Procedure How to Access Document View to Build a New Document You can access Document view from the InfoAssist splash screen to create a new document Note The splash screen must be set to display when you start InfoAssist in order to run this procedure You use the Options window to set the splash screen to display For more information see Changing User Preferences on page 25 If InfoAssist is configured to start in Document mode rather than with the splash screen then you can begin this procedure at step 3 1 Open InfoAssist as described in Accessing InfoAssist on page 22 The splash screen appears as shown in the following image InfoAssist WebFOCUS Version 8 0 01 Getting Started Help Build a Report gt InfoAssist Help Build a Chart gt Online Forum gt Open Existing Item Change Default Options gt Close Application 2 Select Build a Document An Open dialog box opens 3 Select a data source to begin building your document Note Documents can be built using more than one data source The source you select here is the one you will begin with but you can add more at any time For
162. d Format Options dialog box which provides further formatting options for the selected field For more information see Changing a Field Format on page 154 You can also apply floating and non floating currency percent signs and commas You can increase and decrease decimal places by clicking the appropriate buttons under the drop down menu The Currency button is a split button that turns the currency symbol on or off Click the Currency button to turn on the default floating currency option Click the Currency button a second time to turn off the floating currency option To turn on the non floating currency option open the drop down menu and select Non floating currency To turn off the non floating currency option click the Currency button WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 91 Field Tab Display Group The Display group contains additional options for a selected field including Hide Field Hide Missing Aggregation Traffic Lights and Data Bars reports only It is shown in the following image fe Hide Field 4 Hide Field Allows you to hide a selected field 4 Hide Missing Allows you to hide fields that have no value 4 Aggregation Opens a drop down menu of the following options C O O O O O O O O O O ee O 92 Display None default Sum Average Count Count Distinct Percent of Count First Value Last Value Maximum Minimum Total Percent Row Percent Average Square WE Traffic Lights s Hi
163. d Frames tab Ct C O O Format Vertical Grid Lines Color Bands tab and Frames tab WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 17 InfoMini InfoMini 18 Gauges 4 Format Vertical Axis Frames tab 4 Format Horizontal Axis Frames tab 4 Format Legend Fill tab Border Styles tab and Shadow tab 4 Field tab 4 Sorting 4 Series tab Data Position Trendlines Equation Smooth Line Marker Shape Pie Expand bu O O O O O Pie Hide Output Types PowerPoint active PDF active report active Flash C O O O Excel Business analysts can use InfoAssist to build InfoMini applications that enable their non technical end users to modify reports without having to learn a tool or rely on IT for support InfoMini enables business analysts and end users to choose the information they receive from their BI system with the click of a button displaying only the information specific to their needs for faster more informed decision making With InfoMini a business analyst can easily build an application to customize or filter a report into any format an end user needs WebFOCUS 1 Introducing InfoAssist This tailored interactivity feature allows specific conditional styling formatting or functionality to be applied to any individual report without manual coding Business analysts can also build and publish gadgets or mini applications similar to an iGoogle widget that connect directly to the BI system to pull customi
164. d Report Outputs Plus signs shown in the following image indicate that there are expandable views of data for each vertical sort field Quantity Sold Video Players 50 181 You can manually expand your view to expose the data as shown in the following image Quantity Sold amp Video Players 50 181 Central 11 647 MidEast 5 043 NorthEast 9 057 NorthWest 7 869 SouthEast 7 657 SouthWest 2 038 West 6 870 Procedure How to Implement Stack Measures On the Format tab in the Features group click Stack Measures All measures on the report are stacked 178 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports The following image shows a report in Live Preview before the Stack Measures option is enabled Region Central MidEast NorthEast Product Quantity Quantity Quantity Category Sold Revenue Sold Revenue Sold Revenue Stereo Systems 11 143 3 027 276 42 4 607 1 254 014 44 8 735 2 381 435 14 Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 3 246 4 256 202 11 5 578 7 452 259 19 Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 5 043 1 653 244 82 9 057 2 980 605 73 The following image shows a report in Live Preview after the Stack Measures option is enabled Region Central MidEast NorthEast Product Category Stereo Systems MOTIS gata ts 11 143 4 607 8 735 3 027 276 42 1 254 014 44 2 381 435 14 10 131 328 09 4 256 202 11 7 452 259 19 16750857 3 835 578 36 1 653 244 82 2 980 605 73 Quantity Sold 7 428 3 246 5 57
165. d a Background 4 Right Click Menu Right click the chart and select More Frame amp Background Options The Frame amp Background dialog box opens 3 On the Frame tab in the Fill area click the Color icon Note Solid fill must be selected for the Color icon to appear The Color dialog box opens Select a new color for the frame For more information on the Color dialog box see Color Dialog Box on page 46 You can also set the depth angle and depth radius for the frame as well as set a shadow for the frame 4 Click OK The chart displays the new frame color The following image shows the same chart with a new frame color E Divorced Married E Single E Unmarried partners E Widowed 314 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Procedure Howto Change the Color of the Background The default color of the background of a chart is determined by the Document Theme selected on the Options window For more information see Changing User Preferences on page 25 The following image shows a chart with the default background color 100 80 3 60 7 2 S S 40 20 0 Divorced Married Single Unmarried partners Widowed Marital Status Create a chart Open the Frame amp Background dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Frame amp Background Q Right Click Menu Right click the background of the chart and select Background
166. d border Click OK to close the Color dialog box Click OK to close the Format Legend dialog box The legend border is formatted accordingly WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Formatting Gridlines In this section Format Grid Lines Dialog Box Gridline Elements Right Click Menu Using Gridline Properties Gridlines are used on a chart as a reference to help you understand the quantities and values of your data and decode information on the axis There are four types of gridlines that you can display and edit on your chart They are lt Horizontal major gridlines lt J Horizontal minor gridlines 4 Vertical major gridlines 4 Vertical minor gridlines Major gridlines enhance the display of values while minor gridlines supplement major gridlines If a plot point falls in between major gridlines you can use minor gridlines for more precise interpretation of the data 4 Vertical gridlines in a vertical chart run on the X axis Horizontal gridlines in a vertical chart run on the Y axis lt Horizontal major gridlines enhance the display of values compared to the Y axis scale alone They are enabled by default on many charts They do not apply to the pie 3D gauge spectral map or funnel chart type 4 Horizontal minor gridlines are disabled by default They do not apply to the pie 3D gauge spectral map or funnel chart type 4 Vertical major gridlines enhance the display of values compared to the X axis scal
167. d charts when the output type is HTML or PDF For documents the output type must be set to PDF Note The chart features are unavailable when designing a chart that will be output in active report active Flash or active PDF formats WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 59 Format Tab Chart Types Group Charts 60 The Chart Types group contains the most commonly used chart types Bar default Pie Line Area and Scatter You can also click Other to select additional chart types The Charts Types group is shown in the following image OX Mis Pie Line Area Scatter Other Chart Types Click Other to open the Other Chart Types dialog box shown in the following image Across the top of the dialog box are tabs which are depicted by icons Each tab represents a chart type category The left most tab represents the bar chart category which is selected by default When a tab is selected it displays thumbnail images of the bar chart variations that are supported by InfoAssist WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface In this example the Vertical Percent Bar chart type is selected A description of the selected chart type is provided beneath the images Other Chart Types ox 24 24 10 142 12 0 Da io 10 pri 8 D gt zak For more information on the chart types that you can choose from see Selecting a Chart on page 183 Labels Group Charts The Labels group for charts con
168. d fields to the chart using the canvas and the Resources panel For more information on how to use the Resources panel to add additional fields to the report see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 Procedure How to Insert a Chart With Right Click 370 You can insert charts by right clicking a data source field in the Resources panel in Document view To insert a chart make sure no report is actively selected on the canvas and Chart is selected on the Format tab in the Destination group This option is also on the Home tab in the Format group Note You cannot insert a new chart by a right click if a report is actively selected If a report is selected click the canvas to deselect the report and make the canvas the active object 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the Format tab WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents 2 Inthe Destination group click Chart Note You can also click Chart on the Home tab in the Format group 3 Right click a data source field in the Data panel A menu appears 4 Select from the following menu options m C O O O Include as Category Axis For dimension non numeric or date fields Include as Legend Series For dimension non numeric or date fields Filter For all types of fields Slicers For all fields Coordinated The Coordinated field container contains a common sort field for creating multiple reports and charts that are burst into separate
169. d line breaks in reports 159 page footing adding to a chart 342 page heading adding to a chart 342 page headings and page footings formatting 342 Page Setup group 76 77 pareto charts 197 Personal InfoAssist 16 22 accessing 22 pie chart types 187 pie charts 186 Pie group 98 pie slices expanding 225 hiding 226 polar charts 193 pop up titles in reports 165 Properties group 95 pyramid charts 197 Q Query Design pane 31 81 103 108 207 1x4 81 areas 2x2 81 filter area 103 right click options 108 right click options for charts 207 tree 81 Query Panel group 81 Quick Access Toolbar 30 35 WebFOCUS R ranking fields in reports 158 recalculating compute results in a report 170 reference lines 349 repeated sort values in reports 168 Report group 42 77 84 Report Style dialog box 45 reports accordion reports 177 aggregation options for measure data 166 cell padding 152 color banded rows of data 148 column totals 163 creating an active technologies report 392 custom features 157 customized output 170 Excel output 138 freezing column titles 175 headings and footings 145 limiting column variables 159 OLAP reports 171 page and line breaks 159 pages on demand 176 pop up titles 165 ranking fields 158 recalculating compute results 170 repeated sort values 168 report level styling 139 row totals 164 stacked measures 178 Style group 143 styling 135 139 styling column titles 142 styling data 142 stylin
170. dd two active dashboard prompts as described in How to Add an Active Technologies Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard on page 409 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist The following image shows a dashboard with the region report and the gender report described in the introduction Next to the region report is a radio box Next to the gender report is a drop down list prompt The prompts are not yet bound to any report fields Option 1 3 Product Quantity F Option 2 Region Catego Sold E MidEast Stereo Systems T pra Televisions 6 D Option 4 Video Players 8 Option5 Video Production 2 NorthEast Stereo Systems 10 Televisions 1 Video Players 10 Video Production 1 SouthEast Stereo Systems 10 Televisions 5 Video Players 8 Option1 f l Product Catego Gender _ Age Group Stereo Systems Female Thirties Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Televisions Female Teen Thirties Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Video Players Female Thirties Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Video Production Female Thirties Male Young Adult 2 Right click the active dashboard prompt to which you want to bind a field and click Properties WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 413 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard For example in the following image the right click menu for the radio button prompt is open Product Quantity vi Properties rat gt ae az Size and Pos
171. de Missing Data Bars WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Links Group Sum is the default aggregation type value for all numeric fields added to the Measure field container in the Query Design pane Changing the Measure field container from Sum to Print Count or List overrides all assigned aggregation type values For more information related to reports see How to Display Measure Data Using Aggregation Options in a Report on page 166 For more information related to charts see How to Display Aggregations on Measures on page 233 Traffic Lights Opens the Traffic Light Condition dialog box From this dialog box you can do the following 4 add new conditional styling by applying traffic light and other colors to a selected field in the output when the field meets specified criteria 4 modify existing conditional styling enable conditional drill down For more information related to reports see Styling Reports on page 139 For more information related to charts see Traffic Light Condition Dialog Box on page 211 Data Bars Reports only Adds a data visualization column to the right of a selected numeric field The column displays values in each row using horizontal bars that extend from left to right in varying lengths depending on the corresponding data values For more information see How to Add Data Visualization Bars to a Report on page 165 The Links group contains the Hyperlink command to add a hyperl
172. ded in a report The data is evaluated according to the selection criteria before it is retrieved from the data source You can use as many WHERE phrases as necessary to define your selection criteria In WHERE TOTAL tests however data is selected after all the data has been retrieved and processed WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 67 Data Tab 68 You can group conditions and expressions within Simple Filter criteria In addition you can apply functions and calculations within criteria This option provides more functionality than the Filter dialog box For more information on the simple filter see Field Tab on page 85 The Filter group is shown in the following image NA Advanced Filter In the Advanced Filter dialog box you can create Where and Where Total filters as shown in the following image FCreate a filtering condition y New Filter Insert Before Insert After Group Ungroup X x7 0 y WHERE Double click or press F2 to edit SOK Qane You can change between Where and Where Total by double clicking WHERE Double clicking the Double click or press F2 to edit text opens drop down menus for Fields Operators and Values You can retrieve fields and values from the Master File and data source The Field drop down menu provides a field list from the Master File The Equal to default drop down menu provides the following operators 4 Equal to 4 Not equal to 4 Greater than WebFOCUS 3 Nav
173. delete change or style the axis title The following image shows a chart with a title added to the vertical axis 35K oa 30K Axis Title Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Cost E Revenue WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 297 Formatting a Frame and a Background Procedure How to Set Advanced Axis Properties 1 Create a chart with an axis label 2 Open the Format Axis dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Labels group open the Axes drop down menu point to the axis that you are working with and select More Axis Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis label and select More Axis Options The Format Axis dialog box opens 3 On the Advanced tab set the following options Exclude Minimum Label Exclude Maximum Label Descending Axis Show axis line 0 O O O O Show zero line Custom Baseline Value You can edit the color weight and style of all the lines that you set in the Line Style dialog box 4 Click OK The axis advanced options are set accordingly Formatting a Frame and a Background In this section Frame amp Background Dialog Box Frame and Background Right Click Menu Using Frame and Background Properties The frame of a chart is the area that contains the plot points It is also the area in which horizontal and vertical gridlines are drawn The background of a chart is the area aro
174. der Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the color for the border of the column menus Hover 4 Font Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the color for the text of the options on the column menus when you point to them 4 Background Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the background color that appears behind options on the column menus when you point to them WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist Advanced Tab Use the Advanced tab to control active cache password protection and report expiration settings The Advanced tab is shown in the following image Hi Active Report Options lt General Advanced Menu Options Active Cache Colors Rows Retrieved 400 v Avene E seanity Password E Expiration Date Days YYMMDD A OK Cancel Apply The Advanced tab contains the following options active cache Enables reports to cache the data in a binary file and return the data to the output window in pre set increments 4 Rows Received Select the number of rows retrieved in the output The options are 4 100 default 4 500 1000 0 O 2000 m 3000 D 4000 4 5000 Security This area allows you to set a password to access the report and enable expiration by date or by days WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 405 Creating an Active Technologies Chart Creating an Active Technologies Chart An
175. dialog box is to click the down arrow next to the Header amp Footer button It opens a drop down menu from which you can select the heading or footing that you want to work with Report Header Page Header Page Footer Report Footer After you make your selection the Header amp Footer dialog box opens and the heading or footing that you selected is active From the Header amp Footer dialog box you can add and style the active heading or footing or choose a different heading and footing to work with by selecting the applicable tab You can switch among tabs but InfoAssist does not save changes made on the tabs until you click Apply or OK If you click Apply the Header amp Footer dialog box remains open If you click OK the dialog box closes You can style a selected heading or footing using the options on the styling toolbar From left to right you can customize the font type font size and font style bold italic or underline You can justify text left center or right select the font color and background color and restore styling settings to their default value from the template You can also insert quick text into a heading or footing Quick text is supplied for you It includes information that is typically useful in identifying a report or chart From the preformatted text drop down menu you can select Draft Page X of Y Confidential Date multiple formats Time multiple formats C C O O O O Created by f
176. dit Format Opens the Field Format Options dialog box where you can edit the field type and display options Deletes the selected field All the right click options available in the Query Design pane are also available in the Field tab For more information see Field Tab on page 85 Understanding the Results Panel In this section Using the Query Design Pane in the Results Panel Understanding the Layout Canvas Understanding Output Options As you create or modify a report the Results panel displays the Layout canvas in the default Live Preview or in the Query Design pane when you select Query Design view When you execute a report the Results panel displays the Output window If the Output window is closed or if there is no report to preview the Results panel is blank You can select Query Design view or Live Preview from the Design group of the View tab or Home tab WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 115 Understanding the Results Panel The following image shows the Results panel which displays a chart preview when you first launch InfoAssist to create a chart The Resources panel appears to the left of the Results Panel Y Interactive Design View ha WF RETAIL a 4 Dimensions Geography z Region S Product Product Category Time Sales Year Sales Time Shipped Year Shipped S Time Delivery Year Delivery S Time Estimated Delivery
177. down menu select the filter condition for the active dashboard prompt The options are Equal to Not equal to Less than Less than or equal to Greater than and Greater than or equal to 4 Click OK The filter condition is applied to the active dashboard prompt Procedure How to Add Multiple Prompts to a Dashboard 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view and at least one report on the canvas add at least two active dashboard prompts as described in How to Add an Active Technologies Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard on page 409 426 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist The following image shows a dashboard with a list prompt and a radio button prompt Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 m 4 Product Catego Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Quantity Region Sold Central 14 MidEast 7 NorthEast 10 NorthWest 14 SouthEast 10 SouthWest 2 West 10 Central 6 MidEast NorthEast 1 NorthWest 11 SouthEast SouthWest 1 West 13 Central 5 MidEast 8 NorthEast 10 NorthWest 11 SouthEast 8 SouthWest 4 West 4 Central 3 MidEast 2 NorthEast 1 NorthWest 1 West 1 2 Bind the fields to prompts that you have added as described in How to Add an Active Technologies Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard on page 409 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 427
178. e but can be calculated from the data that is there or assigned an absolute value A temporary field takes up no storage space in the data source and is created only when needed When you create a temporary field you determine its value by writing an expression You can combine fields constants and operators in an expression to produce a single value You can specify the expression yourself or you can use one of the many supplied functions that perform specific calculations or manipulations In addition you can use expressions and functions as building blocks for more complex expressions as well as use one temporary field to evaluate another A virtual field DEFINE is evaluated as each record that meets the selection criteria is retried from the data source The result of the expression is treated as though it were a real field stored in the data source A calculated value COMPUTE is evaluated after all the data that meets the selection criteria is retrieved sorted and summed Therefore the calculation is performed using the aggregated values of the fields 4 Detail Define Opens the Detail Field DEFINE dialog box where you can create a defined field type a name for the field and enter a format A Define field is added to the actual data The Detail DEFINE dialog box is shown in the following image Detail Field DEFINE lt O ox a E A WF_RETAIL 5 Dimensions
179. e a bar line or area chart Access the list of series types in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Series tab in the Properties group open the Type drop down menu 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series on the chart and point to Series Type Select the type that you want the series to become The chart contains the new series type WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Procedure How to Add a Trendline A trendline is a line that is drawn over the plot area of a chart to show the pattern of the data points The pattern reveals a statistical trend Note Linear regression trendlines are not available for bubble charts in HTML5 1 Create a chart 2 Access the menu of trendline types in one of the following ways Q Ribbon On the Series tab in the Properties group open the Trendline drop down menu Q Right Click Menu Right click a series on the chart and point to Add Trendline 3 Select the type of trendline that you want to display The trendline appears on the chart 4 Optionally to display the mathematical equation for the selected trendline option on the Series tab in the Properties group click Equation The following image shows a trendline that appears with the Linear option 40 35 CNT PRODUCT_CATEGORY Ps 207 2008 2003 2010 2010 2007 2009 2010 207 2008 2009 2 Quantity Sold Year Sales WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 219 Formatting a Series S
180. e alone They are enabled by default They do not apply to the pie 3D gauge spectral map or funnel chart type 4 Vertical minor gridlines are disabled by default They apply only to scatter and bubble chart types where the X axis is numeric They do not apply to the pie 3D gauge spectral map or funnel chart type Note The orientation of a chart determines the available gridline options WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 267 Formatting Gridlines Format Grid Lines Dialog Box Whether you access gridline options from the ribbon or the right click menu you are presented with the Format Grid Lines dialog box of options to format horizontal and vertical gridlines color bands and frames on a chart Color bands come in a pair with each band uniquely colored They appear in a continually repeating pattern behind a series on a chart The contrast of colors is designed to make the chart easier to read Alternate formatting can be used to apply different colors to sections called regions of an axis The Format Grid Lines dialog box contains the following tabs 4 Major Grid Lines 4 Minor Grid Lines 4 Color Bands 4 Frames Note The Color Bands and the Frames options are not available in InfoAssist Basic Use the Major Grid Lines tab to format the major gridlines on the chart The Major Grid Lines tab is shown in the following image LQ Format Horizontal Grid Lines x Major Grid Lines Major Grid Lines Mino
181. e dialog box type the new title in the Enter Title field and click OK For instructions see How to Change the Title of a Series on page 239 Series Type Changes the chart type of the selected series to bar line or area The option None default returns the series to the chart type that was in effect before you changed it This option applies to bar line and area chart types only For instructions see How to Change the Type of a Series on page 218 Series Color Enables you to specify the color of the selected series using the Color dialog box For more information see Color Dialog Box on page 46 More Style Options Opens the Format Series dialog box For more information see Format Series Dialog Box on page 209 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 215 Formatting a Series 216 Option Deserintiom S Data Labels Color Mode Add Trendline More Controls the display of data labels values on the selected series The default value Hide suppresses the display of labels and the value Show displays labels This option does not apply to the gauge chart type For instructions see How to Show and Hide Data Labels on page 254 Controls how color is applied to a series measure field on a chart The possible settings are By Series default and By Group For example assume that there is only one series on a sample bar chart The By Series setting applies the same color to all the bars in the series The By Gro
182. e field to the right of the operator drop down menu 8 Click the Color button The Color dialog box opens 9 Select a color The color appears in the Preview box F B Click OK Click the Drill Down button The Drill Down dialog opens 12 In the Drill Down dialog specify each of the following C O O O Drill down to a report or a web page URL of the web page An alternate comment Target New Window Same Window Parameters that you want to use Name Value 13 Click OK 14 Click the New button to set traffic light conditions for additional fields Procedure How to Use Cell Padding in a Report You can customize the amount of space inserted between rows and columns in a report 1 Open a report in Live Preview 2 On the Layout tab in the Report group open the Cell Padding menu 3 On the Cell Padding menu click Custom 152 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports The Cell Padding dialog box opens a Cell Padding ok sah OK Reset Cancel Top 0 0 inches Bottom 0 0 inches Left 0 0 inches Right 0 0 inches Ready 7 4 Type the cell padding values that you want in the Top Bottom Left and Right fields 5 Click OK The report reflects the cell padding that you set The following image shows a report with default cell padding Product Quantity Catego Sold Revenue Stereo Systems 132 40 590 03 Televisions 71 112 961 49 Video Players 108 33 606 42 Video Production 23
183. e information about styling reports see Styling Reports on page 139 4 Banded Opens a Color dialog box for choosing a color that provides an alternating color scheme for the report The report output displays alternating rows of data using a white background for one row and a background of the selected color for the next row This pattern continues throughout the report For more information about the Color dialog box see Color Dialog Box on page 46 For more information about banded styling see How to Style Rows of Data With Alternating Colors in a Report on page 148 Header amp Footer Opens the Header amp Footer dialog box from which you can add and style headings and footings 4 Fora report you can add and style report headings page headings page footings and report footings In the dialog box the tab for Report Header is active by default 4 For a chart you can add and style page headings and page footings For a chart Page Header is active by default 4 You can drag fields from the Data pane into the Header amp Footer dialog box The following image shows the Header amp Footer dialog box with Report Header active Header amp Footer ox _ Ei Report Header Pac E page Header E Page Footer bes Footer wa Ba B Trebuchet MS w 14 EJ EF A e Enter text here m SOK Reset canel amp Apply WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 43 Home Tab 44 Another way to access the Header amp Footer
184. e options are 4 Hidden 4 Inside 4 Outside 4 Spanning 4 Click the Color icon to open the Color dialog box where you can set the color of the tick marks Click OK to close the Color dialog box Click OK again to close the Format Grid Lines dialog box The tick marks are formatted accordingly The following image shows a chart with tick marks spanning the frame of the chart sul Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest Region E Cost E Revenue WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 281 Formatting Gridlines Procedure How to Set Color Bands 1 Create a chart with gridlines 2 Open the Format Grid Lines dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu point to gridlines that you want to format and select More Grid Lines Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click a gridline and select More Grid Lines Options The Format Grid Lines dialog box opens 3 On the Color Bands tab click the Color icon to open the Color dialog box where you can set the color of the color bands 4 Use the transparency slider or the percentage box to type or select the percentage of the transparency that you want to apply to the color 5 Click OK to close the Color dialog box Click OK again to close the Format Grid Lines dialog box The following image shows a chart with Color Band 1 set to a green color with 80 percent transparency
185. eader amp Footer The Header amp Footer dialog box opens Select any of the following styling options that are available in the Style dialog box m m m Font Use the menu to change the font Font size Use the menu to change the numeric value for the font size Font style Click the appropriate button bold italic underline to style the selected text Text alignment Click the appropriate button left center right to align the selected text Font color Click this button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the font color Background color Click this button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the background color for the report Reset to Quick Styles from Template Click this button to reset all settings to the default settings from the template Note Reset only works while the Report Style dialog box is open Once you click OK all changes are committed To undo global styling after it has been committed you must use the Undo command on the Quick Access Toolbar 5 Click OK The report is styled accordingly Procedure How to Style Rows of Data With Alternating Colors in a Report 148 You can style rows of data in a report with alternating colors 1 2 3 Create a report Open the report in Live Preview On the Home tab in the Report group click Banded The Color dialog box opens WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports 4 5 Select a color
186. eater than or equal to 4 Less than or equal to 4 Type Value Click this unlabeled field to open a dialog box that contains the following fields Type Opens a drop down menu of the following values Constant and Field Select Constant to enter a constant value Select Field to open a visual display of the fields in your data source Get Values Select from this drop down menu The options are WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts OY All OY First 4 Last 4 Minimum Maximum 4 From Field The visual display of fields is shown in the following image YE Traffic Light Condition for Revenue x New X Delete a Color Drill Down e Revenue v Preview Greater than 0 X Field O AS WO SEI LOTTE STSCI 5 WF_RETAIL_SALESONLY a E A g WF_RETAIL_SALESONLY S Dimensions Geography Region 5 Product Product Catec E Time Sales ee B Year Sales amp Apply Education Education Typ M Cient Kaman am b gt lam Zok Q cance The Traffic Light Condition dialog box contains the following buttons I Selected Condition Click this icon to select a condition to work on m New Creates a new rule u Delete Deletes a rule u Color Opens the Color dialog box WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 213 Formatting a Series Drill Down Opens the Drill Down dialog box shown in the following image where you can drill do
187. eature is available for all components that can be added to a document 1 Open or create a document with at least one report text component control or image WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents 2 Resize the component in one of the following ways 4 Sizing Handles Select the component and drag the sizing handles that appear around it as shown in the following image As you manually increase the height and width of the component the new values appear in the corresponding text boxes in the Size amp Arrange group of the Layout tab A E El Orn Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field u a A amp Report Chart Text Image Box Reports Objects PS Document raphy B Region B Product Product Category B Time Gales B Time Shipped Product Quantity A Year Delivery B Time Estimated Delivery stimated Delivery Fe eDocument Done 4 Ribbon You can use the ribbon in one of the following ways 4 Select the component in the document On the Layout tab in the Size amp Arrange group enter values in the Height and Width fields 4 On the Layout tab in the Size amp Arrange group click the dialog box launcher on the lower left side of the group to open the Size and Position dialog box WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 375 Building a Document 376 4 Right Click Menu Right click the component and select Size and Position The Size and Posit
188. ececeececeeseseceeseseseeees 392 Active Technologies Report Menu Options ccccccececeeceeceeceeeaeseeeceseeeeseseeaesees 393 Configuring Active Technologies Report Options ccceccececeeeececeececeeeeseseeseseeeeees 397 Creating an Active Technologies Clart ccccccececcececccceceecececeecececueceeeceececeeseseseesesesenses 406 Active Technologies Options for Charts ccccccececeecececeeceeeceececaeaecueceseseeaeseseeeesees 407 Creating an Active Technologies DaShbOard ccccceceeceeeececeeeececuecececeeceseeeeseseesesesenses 408 Active Technologies Dashboard Prompts cccecececceeeceeceeeceeceeeeaeseeaeceseeseseseeeesees 408 Target REPONS eisein edee eiar EE raae ee e aaa clades ewe vets Ena EEEREN 409 Using Multiple Reports as Targets ANd SOUICES ccccceccececeececeececeeeceseeeeseseeeesees 411 8 Using SliCe rs c1ccscscssssssseseseseesesnecseeeessesesenseseseseeeseesesesesesenseseseseseeeesssenenss 437 Creating SICONS sisineitinct heh aa E a EE EE E aE ei Aine cele Alien 438 Filtering With SIIC rSwcesicseis ioc ieeke Wades loves aai eara rR a E AA E AE ARAR E A EE DERE 441 How Slicers Cascade TOgethel cccccccecccceceecececeecececuecececeeeueueuecueuesesuseeseseesesees 443 Edit Slicers DIAlOS BOX iiscsccvontceestuvteckoawscemtontca eneee anea aaa n EE E en eaen EEE 449 G n ral Tapsee a a ais oeee tet eamtenca er tenes 450 Record Limit TAD sista ccees ce v
189. ed in Live Preview or Query Design view and convert it into a document displaying it in Document view When you convert a single report into a document the original report is preserved and a copy of that report is opened as a document in Document view You can then add additional reports charts images and text Inserting Text and Images Procedure 372 How to Insert Text Insert an Image With InfoAssist opened in Document view you can bring text and images onto the canvas The following procedures describe how you can insert text and images into new documents and documents that are already populated with reports text and images Note You can only do this in Document view The following procedures detail how to insert text and images For more information on how to edit existing text and images see Editing Components in a Document on page 374 How to Insert Text 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the nsert tab 2 In the Objects group click Text Box WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents A text component appears in the upper left corner of the canvas with default text as shown in the following image fA amp S run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field B A 2 Bs B Report Chart Existing Text Image Report Box Reports Objects P Document i Geography Region Product Product Category 2 Time Sales Year Sales
190. eecececeeceeeceeeeceseeseseeseseseesesesenees 274 Using Gridline PropertieS ccceccccececseceecececeecececeeceeeceececeseeseeeeecueeeseseeaeseseesesees 274 Formatting AxiS LADEISS sirinin pioa a seteides cece uoestie dee Taaa EE EDENE E 284 Format Axis Dialog BOX ccccececceceecececeececececeeeeeceeaeaeceeeeaeseeseeeseesecesersesenseseseees 285 Axis Elements Right Click M Nu ccccceccececeecececeeceeeeeeceeaeaeseeeeaesueecesueseseseeaesers 291 Using AXIS Propertie Sissis ieaie sdecodeceda dense eade Eeeeh dakar Sasireka drei Eii 293 Formatting a Frame and a BacCkground ccscccceceececeeeececeesececueeececuecececuesececeeaeeetensesenes 298 Frame amp Background Dialog BOX cccccceccececeeceeeceececacaeceeeeaesueeeeesueecuseeseseesesesenes 299 Frame and Background Right Click M Nu ccccececcececeececeecececeececeececeseeeceeeeseseees 312 Using Frame and Background Propertie S ccccccceccececeecececeececeececueeeceseeueseseeeesees 313 Formatting a Gauge Chart cccceccecececceceeeececeecececeeceeeececeeaeaecueaeaeseeseceseeseceseesesenersesetes 317 Format Gauge Dial g BOX ccccecececceceececeececeeececeeacaeceeaeaeseeeeseseeeceseeeseeenseseees 318 Gauge Elements Right Click M Nu ccccececceceeceeeceecececuecececuecececueseceeseseseesesesenses 327 Using Gauge Propertie S ecceri arar aE aE i a RSE EE shin 328 Formatting Page Headings and Page FOOtings cc
191. eld 4 Drag and drop a data source field onto the canvas Note When you use the Insert tab double click a data source field or right click a data source field a report placeholder is inserted in the upper left corner of the canvas Dragging and dropping a data source field onto the canvas inserts the place holder at the location you dropped it The following procedures describe how to insert new reports For more information on how to edit existing reports see How to Style and Customize a Report on page 382 How to Insert a Report With the Insert Tab The Insert tab is only available to insert reports in Document view For more information on the Insert tab see nsert Tab on page 47 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the nsert tab 2 Inthe Reports group click Report A report placeholder appears in the upper left corner of the canvas You can now add fields to the report using the canvas and the Resources panel For more information on how to use the Resources panel to add additional fields to the report see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 How to Insert a Report With Drag and Drop You can insert a report by dragging data source fields from the Resources panel onto the canvas in Document view To insert a report make sure that Report is selected on the Format tab in the Destination group This option is also on the Home tab in the Format group 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the
192. eld in a report Subtotal Provides a menu for enabling subtotal functionality Clicking On inserts a line descriptive text and subtotal values in the report output for all numeric fields when the primary sort field changes Page Break Provides a menu for enabling page break functionality Clicking On starts a new page in the report output when the primary sort field changes Reset Page Numbers Allows you to reset page numbers on a page break to start at 1 Traffic Light Conditions Opens the Traffic Light Condition dialog box where you can add new conditional styling or modify existing conditional styling by applying traffic light and other colors to a selected field in the report output when the field meets specified criteria Visibility Provides a menu for controlling the visibility of the selected field Clicking Hide removes the selected field from the report output Clicking Show default displays the selected field in the report output Sub Header Opens the Sub Header amp Sub Footer dialog box where you can edit and style your headers Sub Footer Opens the Sub Header amp Sub Footer dialog box where you can edit and style your footers Allows you to show or hide fields with no value Change Title Opens the Edit Title dialog box where you can change the title of the selected field by typing the new title in the Enter Title field 114 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Option peseription o E
193. els can only be used when dual axes charts are selected Format Axis Dialog Box In this section Secondary Axes Options Whether you access axis options from the ribbon or the right click menu you are presented with the Format Axis dialog box of options for formatting for both vertical and horizontal axes The Format Axis dialog box contains the following tabs Scale 4 Title Labels Advanced WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 285 Formatting Axis Labels Use the Scale tab to modify scale properties The Scale tab is shown in the following image XQ Format Vertical Axis x SAE e Title V Automatic Minimum Labels Value 0 0 Advanced 7 Automatic Maximum Value 70 0 V Automatic Grid Step Value 15 0 E Logarithmic Scale Log scale base 10 0 E Include zero on scale SOK Cancel B Apply Reesccssenestencssnscnsneensaesed The Scale tab contains the following options 4 Automatic Minimum Select this option to have the engine automatically supply the minimum value on the Y axis scale To use manual scaling clear this option You can then set the minimum value by entering a number into the Value text box Value Enter the minimum value in this text box if you have not selected Automatic Minimum Automatic Maximum Select this option to have the engine automatically supply the maximum value on the Y axis scale To use manual scaling clear this option You can then set the maximum value by entering a
194. entation Library http documentation informationbuilders com You can also contact the Publications Order Department at 800 969 4636 Customer Support Do you have any questions about this product Join the Focal Point community Focal Point is our online developer center and more than a message board It is an interactive network of more than 3 000 developers from almost every profession and industry collaborating on solutions and sharing tips and techniques Access Focal Point at http forums informationbuilders com eve forums You can also access support services electronically 24 hours a day with InfoResponse Online InfoResponse Online is accessible through our website http www informationbuilders com It connects you to the tracking system and known problem database at the Information Builders support center Registered users can open update and view the status of cases in the tracking system and read descriptions of reported software issues New users can register immediately for this service The technical support section of www informationbuilders com also provides usage techniques diagnostic tips and answers to frequently asked questions WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 11 Information You Should Have Call Information Builders Customer Support Services CSS at 800 736 6130 or 212 736 6130 Customer Support Consultants are available Monday through Friday between 8 00 a m and 8 00 p m EST to address all your
195. eport as email Print Can print all records or filtered only records Advanced Tools Can access the Chart Rollup Pivot and Grid tools Filter Can open the Filter Selection dialog box Calculations Can perform the following calculations Sum Avg Min Max Count Distinct of Total Chart Can convert report to pie line bar or scatter chart Visualize Can add data visualization bars to report Rollup Can perform rollup on data Comments Can add comments Restore Original Can restore original data Save Changes Can save changes Accordion Can produce accordion report Grid Tool Can open Grid Tool dialog box WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist Colors Tab Use the Colors tab to select colors for various objects on the report The Colors tab is shown in the following image Ei Active Report Options General Colors Menu Options k Page ca ga Font ja Background ji Advanced Row Selection Hover m Selected J Visualization Positive A Negative P Calculations Font pa Background ja Menu Normal Font ga Background ji Border x Hover Font ja Background m A OK Q Cancel amp Apply The Colors tab contains the following options Page This area contains options to set the colors for the font and background for the page text 4 Font Opens the Color dialog box where you can select the font color 4 Background Opens the Color dialog box where
196. equal to In the field to the right of the operator drop down menu click the down arrow for the Type drop down menu The Type dialog box opens In the Type dialog box click Constant Enter a value in the Value field or a From the Get Values drop down menu select one of the following values All First Last Minimum Maximum From File The value that you select appears in the Get Values field b Select the value in the Get Values field The value that you selected appears in the Value field Click OK The value that you selected appears in the field to the right of the operator drop down menu Click the Color button The Color dialog box opens Select a color Click OK The color appears in the Preview box Click the Drill Down button The Drill Down dialog box opens In the Drill Down dialog box specify each of the following 4 Drill down to a report or a web page URL of the web page An alternate comment Target New Window Same Window C O O O Parameters that you want to use Name Value 13 Click OK to close the dialog box 14 Click the New button to set traffic light conditions for additional fields WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Procedure How to Apply Traffic Light Conditional Styling to a Report By Field You can apply traffic light conditional styling to data for a selected measure field By default the report displays the values that satisfy the first condition in green
197. er Shapes Select this option to display marker shapes on a legend 260 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Legend Elements Right Click Menu When you right click a legend on a chart a menu of options opens The menu contains options that are available on the Format tab If you right click the background area around the legend two additional options are available Legend Area Color and Legend Border Color The right click menu options are described in the following table The table provides links to the sections of this document in which those options are also discussed onion omen Show Legend Controls the display of the legend InfoAssist displays the legend by default When you clear this option InfoAssist suppresses the legend For instructions see Using Legend Properties on page 262 The background right click menu has an option to restore the legend after it has been suppressed Legend Position Controls the placement of the legend on the chart For instructions see Using Legend Properties on page 262 Legend Orientation Controls the orientation of the legend on the chart For instructions see Using Legend Properties on page 262 Legend Area Color Enables you to specify the color of the legend background area using the Color dialog box This option is available only when you right click the area around the legend For instructions see Using Legend Properties on page 262 Legend Border Color Enables you
198. ereo Systems 1 254 014 44 Televisions 4 256 202 11 Video Players 1 653 244 82 Video Production 896 178 80 NorthEast Stereo Systems 2 381 435 14 Televisions 7 452 259 19 Video Players 2 980 605 73 Video Production 1 723 425 57 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 467 Creating an InfoMini Application 468 For example the following image shows a slicer group that has been created for this report in the InfoMini application Run Interactive ES Eat Home Format Data Slicers Layout Field Run Time Clear Slicers Options Fy Record Limit Fy Geography Product Region Category Revenue Central Stereo Systems 3 027 276 42 Televisions 10 131 328 09 Video Players 3 835 578 36 Video Production 2 166 591 20 MidEast Stereo Systems 1 254 014 44 Televisions 4 256 202 11 Video Players 1 653 244 82 Video Production 896 178 80 NorthEast Stereo Systems 2 381 435 14 5 After making your changes click Run to see an updated version of the report For example the following image shows the report run with Region as the slicer in the InfoMini application Run Interactive B Edit Home Format Data Slicers Layout Field Run Time jal Region oc Record Limit g Geography Region Category Revenue NorthEast Stereo Systems 2 381 435 14 e en Televisions 7 452 259 19 Video Players 2 980 605 73 Product Product Category Video Production 1 723 425 57 B Time Sales Year Sales E f
199. eric or date fields Filter For all types of fields Slicers For all types of fields Include as Coordinated Only available in Document view Although most measure fields are composed of numeric values and most dimension fields are composed of non numeric or date values there can be exceptions depending on the selected data source Using the Query Design Pane in the Resources Panel The Query Design pane which contains the Filter and Query field container areas appears below the Data pane except when you select Query Design view which expands the size of the Query Design pane and displays it in the Results panel There are different field containers for reports and charts Reports For all reports the Query field containers in the Query Design pane include Sum By and Across m Use the Sum field container to aggregate or display numeric measure fields Its context menu provides options to Sum default Print Count or List the fields in the report Use the By field container to vertically sort dimension fields to produce row labels in the report output Dimension fields are normally non numeric or date fields Use the Across field container to horizontally sort dimension non numeric or date fields to produce column labels in the report output WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 105 Understanding the Resources Panel 106 The following image shows the Filter and Query field container areas of the Query D
200. eries Tab Line Group Procedure How to Apply Smooth Line Effect to a Line Chart 1 Create a line chart without a smooth line effect The following image shows a chart without the smooth line effect Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest Region H Revenue Product Cost 2 Select a series on the line chart 3 On the Series tab in the Line group click Smooth Line 220 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The Smooth Line effect is applied to the series as shown in the following image Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest Region ef Revenue Product Cost Procedure How to Hide a Series Line Between Markers Lines appear between markers by default as shown in the following image 50M 45M 40M 35M 30M 25M Revenue 20M 15M 10M 5M 0 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category To hide a series line between a marker follow these steps WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 221 Formatting a Series Create a line chart Select a series on the line chart On the Series tab in the Series Group drop down menu select the series that you want to hide In the Line Group click Connect Lines The series line between the markers disappears as shown in the following image 50M 45M 30M 25M Revenue 20M Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production
201. erties Quantity Sold Revenue Product Quantity op mo layed customers Ace Latitude B Longitude Quenty Seid Aces Fourier Micsdoage Toon B maa E Yongaaut Ly B 7 run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View field Series le hargiz Orientation P Document Di Sr ae ee eee eel eee o Product Quantity Categor Sold omame Stereo Systems 132 1B Population Range City E A State Capital Video Pl 108 Sa Video Production B ID_INCOME 2 Customer Income Range Customer Income Subrange ID_INDUSTRY I Note You can also activate the chart by double clicking it This action provides the same functionality as right clicking and then clicking Edit Report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 385 Building a Document Procedure 386 4 You can now select fields within the chart Select a field by clicking it in the canvas Note The groups on the Field tab are now available as shown in the following image if amp E Orn Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field Quantity Sold Series N 4 Exclude Filter Include Filter Gender DAGE B Age Range E Age Group ID_EDUCATION a ID_GEOGRAPHY a State a Zip Code E Population Range City a yl State Capital bes ceca SME Video Production B ID_INCOME Customer Income Range Customer In
202. es add a trendline to a series or change the appearance of markers on a series You can access the full set of formatting options on the Series tab and Field tab For more information see Series Tab on page 95 and Field Tab on page 85 You can also access a subset of frequently used options by right clicking a series element on a chart to open a menu of those options Tip The options that you see on the menu depend on the type of chart that you are creating For example the Series Type option would not appear on the menu for a pie chart but it would appear for a bar line and area chart Associated Dialog Boxes Whether you access series options from the ribbon or the right click menu you are presented with a dialog box of options The following dialog boxes are commonly used for formatting a series 208 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Format Series 4 Edit Title m Traffic Light Condition For Instructions on how to open these dialog boxes see the procedures in Using Series Properties on page 217 Format Series Dialog Box The Format Series dialog box contains options to format the fill and border of each series on a chart The Format Series dialog box contains the following tabs Fill 4 Border Use the Fill tab to modify the color of a chart series The Fill tab is shown in the following image Format All Series a Border Fill 5 No fill Solid fill Gradient fill
203. esign pane as it appears in the Resources panel for reports y Product Category Equal to Televisions or Product Category Equal to Stereo Systems Quantity Sold Equal to 4 Quantity Sold By E Product Category paced gt Across Charts For most charts the Query field containers in the Query Design pane include Measure Sum X Axis Legend Series Multi graph and Coordinated More complex charts that require additional data dimensions have alternative field containers Measure Sum Use this field container to aggregate or display numeric measure field values 4 X Axis Use this field container to sort dimension non numeric or date fields in the chart output Legend Series Use this field container to display dimension non numeric or date fields as color coded values lines bars areas scatter plots that match the color coded dimension values displayed in the legend below the chart Legend Series provides functionality that is similar to an Across field in a report 4 Multi graph Use this field container to create outermost sort fields and to serve as a page break for working with multiple charts The sort field added to this Multi graph container is not plotted on the chart but each unique sort field value is listed for every chart Coordinated Use this field container to collectively sort and collate by a common sort group for documents only WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist
204. esign pane Areas 2x2 Areas 1x4 and Tree default It is shown in the following image FEl Areas 2x2 Areas 1x4 Es Tree Query Panel You can display the filter and data source field containers in the Query Design pane in one of following three ways 4 Areas 2x2 Displays data in two column by two row grid 4 Areas 1x4 Displays data in one column by four row grid 4 Tree Default Displays data in a tree not a grid The following image shows the Query Design pane when Areas 2x2 is selected for a report Y Fiter YF Region Equal to Central or NorthEast or SouthEast or E column Labels ACROSS Product Category m B Row Labels BY Measures SUM Region Quantity Sold Revenue MSRP Discount Cost WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 81 View Tab The following image shows the Query Design pane when Areas 1x4 is selected for a report Y Fiter E Row Labels BY Region 82 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows the Query Design pane when Tree is selected for a report Bata Y Fiter F Region Equal to Central or NorthEast or SouthEast or Quantity Sold Revenue E customers Age Latitude Longitude Population City Population of State Population State State Capital Latitude S E sum State Capital Longitude Quantity Sold Pr
205. evolution of a data point by working backwards or interpolating Highs and lows rapid or slow movement or a tendency towards stability are all types of trends well suited to a line chart You can also plot line charts with two or more scales to present a comparison of the same value or set of values in different time periods When to use Use a line chart when you want to trend data over time for example monthly changes in employment figures or yearly sales of an item in your inventory For example the following image is a line chart that traces gross profit in sales for four products over a four year period 35k 30K 0 E A A 7 gt x x x x i x Ro Ba Ae 2 Ae Ae ce 5 K4 amp NJ y Ke AN amp Ss RS Ss k NS RS cp S Region lt Quantity Sold MSRP Cost Discount Revenue Radar charts are essentially analogous to line charts except that the scale wraps around Radar charts compare two or more data sets They work well with data that is cyclical such as the months of a year A radar line chart is available in the line chart category and a radar area chart is available in the area chart category You can use axes or polygons to represent values in a star or spider configuration WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Line Chart Types The following table lists the available line chart types Available Line Chart Types Vertical Absolute Line Vertical Stacked Line Vertical Dual A
206. expand the functionality that is available to the user at run time when you build the report in InfoAssist An InfoMini application opens in its own browser window if it is running from InfoAssist Otherwise InfoMini opens wherever you have it Such as a container in the Business Intelligence BI Portal Creating a New Procedure After you have signed in to BI Portal you can work with an existing folder or create a new folder in the tree to store your reports charts dashboards and documents Once you have identified the folder you want to use right click it point to New and then click Report Chart Dashboard or Document to open InfoAssist The Select a data source dialog box opens Select the data source that you want and click OK to close the dialog box You can also double click a data source to open it and close the dialog box in one step If the data source that you want is not in the default directory select a different directory using the Look in drop down list Once you select your data source the InfoAssist application window opens WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 23 Accessing InfoAssist Options Accessing InfoAssist Options On the InfoAssist application window click the Application button to open the InfoAssist application main menu of procedure related commands When you click New a splash screen that contains all available options opens The splash screen is shown in the following image The available opt
207. ft Top Right bottom Right top Left bottom Bottom right Top right Bottom left bu Yb vb Yb be eb eb eee Top left The following image shows a chart with the legend in the default position on the bottom 35K Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Cost M Revenue WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 263 Formatting a Legend The following image shows a chart with the legend moved to the right 35K 30K 25K 20K E Cost 15K E Revenue 10K 5K Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region Procedure How to Control the Orientation of a Legend 1 2 3 264 Create a chart with multiple measure fields Open the menu of label orientation options in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Layout group open the Legends drop down menu and point to Legend Orientation m Right Click Menu Right click the legend and point to Legend Orientation Select an orientation for the legend The options are 4 Auto 4 Vertical 4 Horizontal WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows a chart with a legend that has a vertical orientation 35K 30K 25K 20K 15K 10K 5K 0 Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Cost E Revenue Procedure How to Specify the Color of a Legend Background 1 Create a chart with multiple me
208. g a Gauge Chart The following images shows a gauge chart with color bands Quantity Sold Married Procedure How to Match Needle Center Color to Band Color Gauge Center by Quality 338 This option matches the needle center color to the color of the band that the needle is pointing to 1 Create a gauge chart 2 Open the Format Gauge dialog box in one of the following ways Q Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges Q Right Click Menu Right click the gauge chart and select More Gauge Options The Format Gauge dialog box opens 3 On the Bands tab set the minimum and maximum value for each band that you want to appear on the gauge chart 4 Set the color of the fill and border for each color band WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Note The gradient fill and transparency options are not available for gauge needles On the Advanced tab select Gauge Center by Quality Click OK to close the Format Gauge dialog box The color of the center of the gauge needle now matches the color of the band The following image shows a gauge chart with the center of the gauge needle in the same color as the band it is pointing to Quantity Sold Married Procedure How to Style a Gauge Needle This procedure explains how to change the gauge needle from the Normal style to the Pencil style 1 Create a gauge chart 2 Open the Format Gauge dialog box in one of the following ways
209. g as text elements that are separate from the chart image This is the default value WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts l Embed Header and Footer in the chart renders the heading and footing text as part of the chart image 4 Select Embed Header and Footer in the chart The heading and footing text are rendered as part of the chart image 5 Click OK to save your selection and close the Heading amp Footing dialog box Using Additional Formatting Features Procedure How to Set 3D Depth on a Bar Chart You can apply a 3D effect to a 2D chart Note If you find that the depth of the 3D effect makes it difficult to distinguish the values on the Y axis scale then you can turn this option off This procedure explains how to set the 3D effect for a default vertical bar chart WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 345 Using Additional Formatting Features 346 The following image shows a bar chart before the 3D effect is applied 140 120 100 80 60 Quantity Sold 40 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category 1 Create a 2D chart In Live Preview apply the 3D effect in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click 3D Effect WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Right Click Menu Right click the frame of the chart point to Show 3D and select On as shown in the following image 140
210. g headings and footings 148 styling rows with alternate colors 148 subheadings and subfootings 164 subtotals 160 table of contents 173 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Indexi reports continued traffic light conditional styling by constant 149 traffic light conditional styling by field 151 visualization bars 165 Reports Live Preview 205 Resources panel 30 99 101 105 field images 101 using Query Design pane in 105 Results panel 30 115 116 using Query Design pane in 116 ribbon 30 row totals in reports 164 S scatter charts 192 secondary axes options Format Secondary Axis dialog box 291 Section 508 accessibility 19 Select a data source dialog box 73 Select group 95 selecting a data source 23 series 208 214 217 218 227 229 231 239 241 242 changing the title 239 changing the type 218 color mode 241 deleting 242 dialog boxes 208 filtering values in 229 formatting 208 formatting the fill and border 218 hiding fields 231 reversing the order of 227 right click menu 214 selecting 217 using properties 217 Series tab 95 97 98 99 Display group 99 481 Index Series tab continued Line group 97 Pie group 98 Properties group 95 Select group 95 Show Hide group 78 Size amp Arrange group 77 Size and Position dialog box 376 378 slicers Edit Slicers dialog box 449 filtering with 441 using 437 Slicers tab 74 75 Group Number group 75 Options group 74 Record Limit group 74 Sort g
211. ge Y Y Exdude Fite Z Filter The commands are 4 Filter Opens the Filter dialog box for creating filters Filters enable you to select only the data that you want and to exclude unwanted data In the Filter dialog box you can create simple filters using the Values Prompt and Relational Operators menus For more information see Field Tab on page 85 For more information on creating advanced filters see Data Tab on page 62 Exclude Turns off a filter Include Turns on a filter Report Group The Report group contains commands to enhance a report including Theme Style Banded reports only Header amp Footer Column Totals reports only and Row Totals reports only as shown in the following image Haga Sie Theme Style Banded Header amp Footer Report Theme Opens a dialog box where you can select a theme to style your report or chart You can use the default stylesheet by clicking the Use Default Stylesheet button 42 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface You can also select a document styling theme or an application theme to style all reports created in InfoAssist Use the Environment and Styling section of the Options window which is accessible by clicking Options in the Application main menu 4 Style Opens a Report Style dialog box for applying global styling to the entire report For more information about the Report Style dialog box see Report Style Dialog Box on page 45 For mor
212. ghlighted and the right click menu open DC CEASERS 28K l Delete I Set Line Color 24K More Grid Lines Options 20K 16K 12K Bk AK 0 Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Revenue E Product Cost Procedure How to Display Vertical Minor Gridlines 1 Create a chart 2 Access the option to show gridlines in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu On the Grid drop down menu point to Vertical Gridlines and then select Minor Gridlines 4 Right Click Menu Right click the chart and select More Grid Line Options The Format Vertical Grid Lines dialog box opens On the Minor Grid Lines tab select Show Minor Grid Lines Vertical minor gridlines are added to the chart 278 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows a chart with vertical minor gridlines highlighted 32K 28k 24k 20K 16K 12h 8k 4k Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Revenue E Product Cost Procedure How to Set the Color Weight and Style of a Gridline 1 Open the Format Grid Lines dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu point to the gridline type that you want to format and select More Grid Lines Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click a gridline and select More
213. ground x Frame Pie Depth 0 Pie Tit 9 Fill No fill Solid fill Gradient fill Shadow F Show Shadow Z OK Q canel amp Apply The Frame tab for pie charts contains the following options 4 Pie Depth Set the depth of the edge of a pie chart You can select a value from zero to 100 to set the thickness of an edge 4 Pie Tilt Set the tilt of the pie chart The smaller the value you add the flatter the pie chart appears The larger the value you add more of the pie edge appears Fill 4 No fill Default Results in no color added to the edge of the pie 4 Solid fill Select this option to display the Color and Transparency options 4 Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the frame 4 Transparency Move the slider to make the fill opaque 0 or transparent 100 The default is 0 304 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Gradient fill Select this option to display the direction of the gradient the color pattern of the gradient and the degrees of transparency for the two colors that make up the gradient A gradient is a smooth color transition or blending of one color to another The number of colors to use in a gradient is defined by the stop or pin elements 4 Direction Select from this drop down menu to set the direction of the gradient fill The options are 4 Gradient right Gradient left Gradient down Gradient up Grad
214. h page of the report output when the primary sort field changes 4 Subtotal Inserts a line total text TOTAL FIELD Value and subtotals for all numeric fields when the primary sort field changes For more information about these report options see Using Custom Reporting Features on page 157 90 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Style Group The Style group contains styling options for reports and charts For a selected field in a report you can customize the font type font size font color background color and restore styling to the default values You can also style fonts bold italic underline justify text left center right You can apply styling to the Data default column Title or both the Data and column Title for the selected field in a report The Style group is shown in the following image Trebuchet MS 9 HI Bata style FEI Title style Biy 22 Data Title Style For more information about styling reports see Styling Reports on page 139 Format Group The Format group contains formatting options for virtual or column fields including Alphanumeric Integer Decimal Currency Percentage Comma and Decimal Places The Format group is shown in the following image Decimal v A Format The drop down menu provides three field type options for the selected column which are Alphanumeric Integer and Decimal Selecting the fourth option More options opens the Fiel
215. h report tab on the Navigation taskbar has a right click menu with the following options Restore Minimize Maximize Close Load View bu O vb DO wv Auto Resize Restore Minimize Maximize and Close are standard options available in any browser window or software application Minimize Maximize if the window is not maximized or Restore if the window is maximized and Close can also be found in the top right corner of the output window as shown in the following image F Report210 Product Quantity Region Category Sold Central Video Production 32 463 MidEast Video Production 13 851 NorthEast Video Production 25 108 NorthWest Video Production 21 702 SouthEast Video Production 21 645 SouthWest Video Production 5 537 West Video Production 19 182 You can load the underlying report design for each output window into the Query Design pane by right clicking any active output window tab on the taskbar and clicking Load View The Auto Resize option enables automatic resizing of an output window as needed when you add or remove fields The Query View Tools menu at the far left of the Navigation taskbar provides options for displaying all active output windows in the Results panel The display options that you can select are Cascade Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Restore All Minimize All Maximize All or Close All The name of each active output window appears at the bottom of the menu The Query View Tools menu options
216. hanumeric 154 changing in reports 154 date 155 date time 156 numeric 155 percent sign 156 field images 101 Field tab 85 86 89 90 91 92 93 Break group 90 Display group 92 Filter group 86 Format group 91 Links group 93 Sort group 89 Style group 91 Filter group 42 68 86 filtering with slicers 441 Format Axis dialog box 285 286 287 288 290 Advanced tab 290 417 Index Format Axis dialog box continued Labels tab 288 Scale tab 286 Title tab 287 Format Gauge dialog box 318 319 322 324 325 326 Advanced tab 326 Axis Scale amp Labels tab 322 Bands tab 325 General Options tab 319 Tick Marks tab 324 Format Grid Lines dialog box 268 269 271 272 273 Color Bands tab 271 Frames tab 273 Major Grid Lines tab 268 Minor Grid Lines tab 269 Quadrant Lines tab 272 Format group 39 41 91 Home tab 41 Format Labels dialog box 243 244 246 247 248 250 251 Advanced tab 246 Funnel Labels tab 251 General Options tab 244 General Options tab stack chart 247 Pie Labels tab 248 Pie Title tab 250 Format Legend dialog box 256 257 259 260 Advanced tab 260 Legend Options tab 257 Markers amp Labels tab 259 Format Series dialog box 209 211 Border tab 211 Fill tab 209 Format tab 50 51 54 56 57 58 60 61 Chart Types group 60 Destination group 54 Features group charts 58 Features group reports 57 Labels group charts 61 Navigation group reports 56 Output Types group 51 478 Frame amp Backgro
217. hart The Tick Marks tab contains options to format tick marks on a gauge chart The Tick Marks tab is shown in the following image E Format Gauge x General Options Tick Marks Axis Scale amp Labels Major Ticks Tick Marks V Automatic Grid Step Bands Value Advanced Tick Color B Tick Mark Length 0 15 Minor Ticks S Automatic Grid Step Value Tick Color B Tick Mark Length 0 05 SY OK Q canel amp Apply The Tick Marks tab contains the following options 4 Automatic Grid Step Default Automatically calculates the number of major grid steps in a gauge chart Clear this option to manually set the value by entering a number in the Value text box Value Enter the value in this text box if you have not selected Automatic Grid Step 4 Tick Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the tick marks 4 Tick Mark Length Enter a value for the relative length of major tick marks in a gauge chart The valid range is from 0 0 to 0 5 If you set the smallest value major tick marks do not appear 324 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The Bands tab contains options to format the color of the scale background on a gauge chart The Bands tab is shown in the following image a Format Gauge x General Options Bands Axis Scale amp Labels Badi PE Tick Marks Minimum Value 0 0 Bands Advanced Maximum Value 20 0 Border Color E Fill No fill
218. hat changing the source field for the prompt will remove the existing prompt and any children prompts from the cascades The warning message is shown in the following image Active Dashboard Properties Changing the source field for control CheckBox_1 will remove CheckB and any children controls from the existing cascades Click OK to continue Click Cancel to keep the original source field OK C Cancel 4 Click OK to close the warning 5 Click OK to close the active dashboard properties dialog box The active dashboard prompt is updated with the new source field WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 425 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard In the following example the check box prompt is updated with electronics products as shown in the following image All Product Stereo Systems n sagn MidEast Stereo Systems Televisions Televisions Video Players Video Players Videa Production NorthEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players SouthEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Procedure How to Change the Filter Condition 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view bind an active dashboard prompt to a field as described in How to Add an Active Technologies Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard on page 409 2 Right click the active dashboard prompt that you want to work with and from the right click menu select Properties The active dashboard properties dialog box opens 3 From the Condition drop
219. he template Note Reset only works while the Report Style dialog box is open Once you click OK all changes are committed To undo global styling after it has been committed you must use the Undo command on the Quick Access Toolbar Preview Displays the text as you have formatted it 4 Click OK The report is styled accordingly 140 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports The following image shows a report using the style that had been selected in the Options dialog box medium blue In this style Trebuchet MS 9 pt black is the default font Product Region Category Central Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players MidEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players NorthEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players NorthWest Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players SouthEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players SouthWest Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players West Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Quantity Sold 11 143 7 428 11 647 4 607 3 246 5 043 8 735 5 578 9 057 7 287 5 029 7 869 7 431 5 031 7 657 1 832 1 296 2 038 6 638 4 340 6 870 Revenue 3 027 276 42 10 131 328 09 3 835 578 36 1 254 014 44 4 256 202 11 1 653 244 82 2 381 435 14 7 452 259 19 2 980 605 73 2 043 976 10 6 713 008 94 2 602 775 63 2 034 149 11 6 793 602 47 2 500 094 24 494 200 80 1 705 461 80 670 346 72 1 782 370 94 5 927 165 23 2 248 798 5
220. her the Home tab or the View tab 2 Inthe Design group click Document InfoAssist enters Document view WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 359 Accessing Document View The Document icon is highlighted in the Design group and in the left corner of the Navigation taskbar The following image shows the highlighted Document icon Day Name Shipped E Measures Properties E Quantity Sold B Revenue E MSRP Discount Cost Days Delaved Note The single report you started with still exists in the original view Selecting Document view while a single report is open does not convert the report to a document It makes a copy of the report with the copy becoming a document and the original remaining unchanged You can switch between the new document and the original report using the Switch Report button The Switch button is found on the View tab in the Report group and on the Status bar You can also switch between the document and the report using the reports button on the status bar For more information on switching between reports see View Tab on page 78 360 WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents Building a Document In this section Inserting Reports From Multiple Data Sources Inserting a New Report Inserting a New Chart Inserting an Existing Report Creating a Document From a Single Report Inserting Text and Images Editing Components in a Document
221. hin the report by clicking the field in the Query pane of the Resources panel Make sure that the report that contains the field you would like to edit is selected on the canvas You can now edit the selected report using commands available through the context menu or the ribbon For more information on styling and customizing reports see Creating and Customizing Reports on page 135 Procedure How to Style and Customize a Chart 384 When you select a component you can perform various functions on the component such as moving and resizing it as explained in How to Move a Component on page 377 After clicking a component you can use the ribbon to affect all settings of the selected component except for fields You can double click or right click a component to select individual fields to edit through the context menu or Field tab In addition to charts you can style and customize reports and text For more information on reports see How to Style and Customize a Report on page 382 For more information on text see How to Edit Text on page 386 Note Images cannot be edited 1 Open or create a document with at least one chart 2 Select the chart WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents Sizing handles appear around the border as shown in the following image Note The groups of the Field tab are unavailable iD fe B Orn Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field rc B Measures Prop
222. ick a By or Measure field The Field tab appears on the ribbon In the Sort group enter a value in the Limit field or select a value from the list The number of unique values that appear in the column is now limited to value that you set How to Add Page and Line Breaks to a Report You can add page breaks and line breaks to report output for the primary sort field 1 With a report open in the Query Design pane select a By sort field The Field tab appears on the ribbon From the Break group click Page Break or Line Break WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 159 Using Custom Reporting Features Procedure How to Add Subtotals to a Report 1 With a report open in the Query Design pane select a By sort field The Field tab appears on the ribbon 2 From the Break group click Subtotal If you select Page Break a new page is created every time the value of the primary sort field changes Each page includes a new set of column titles as shown in the following image Product Quantity Region Category Sold Revenue Central Stereo Systems 11 143 3 027 276 42 Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 Video Production 2 245 2 166 591 20 Product Olt al ala g Region Category Sold Revenue MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 1 254 014 44 Televisions 3 246 4 256 202 11 Video Players 5 043 1 653 244 82 Video Production 955 896 178 80 Product Quantity Region Category Sold Revenue NorthEast S
223. ield type list select Alohanumeric To assign a different length specify a number between 1 and 4095 in the Total length field The default value is 20 4 Click OK to close the Field Format Options dialog box and return to the Results Panel The new format appears in the previously selected column Procedure How to Assign a Numeric Format 1 With a report open in Live Preview right click a virtual or column Measure field and select Edit Format The Field Format Options dialog box opens 2 From the Field type list click one of the following options 4 Floating Point default length 7 2 4 Integer default length 5 4 Decimal default length 12 2 4 Packed default length 12 2 If the selected field matches the selected format type its current length appears in the Field Length field Otherwise the default length appears in the Field Length field The Decimals field shows the numbers of decimal places for Floating Point Decimal and Packed 3 To assign a different length specify it in the Field Length field for format types as follows 1 9 for Floating Point 1 11 for Integer 1 20 for Decimal and 1 33 for Packed 4 To assign a different number of decimal places for Floating Point Decimal or Packed specify the number in the Decimals field 5 Click OK to close the Field Format Options dialog box and return to the Results Panel The new format appears in the previously selected column Procedure How to Assign a
224. ient down left Gradient up left Gradient down right Gradient up right Radial Radial top left Radial top right Radial bottom left Radial bottom right Radial pie Dub O O O O O DO O O O DO DD Radial pie inverted 4 Gradient Style Color Pattern Select the color pattern for the data series The color pattern option on the left is an AB wash that uses two colors in the pattern color color2 for example red green The color pattern option on the right is an ABA wash that uses two colors in the pattern color1 color2 colori for example red green red 4 First Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the first color Second Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the second color Shadow WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 305 Formatting a Frame and a Background 306 4 Show Shadow Select this option to set a shadow around the frame Use the Frame Edge tab for pie charts to set the edge of a pie frame The Frame Edge tab is shown in the following image E Frame amp Background x Frame Frame Edge Frome Ddoe ame Edge V Automatically Shade Frame Edge Background Side Frame Bottom Frame Z OK Q canel amp Apply The Frame Edge tab for pie charts contains the following options a Automatically Shade Frame Edge Select this option to automatically shade the frame edge Clear this option to enable the Side Fra
225. igating the InfoAssist Interface Less than Greater than or equal to Less than or equal to In literal list Not in literal list Missing Not missing From To Not From To Includes literal list Excludes literal list Contains characters Omits characters Like character mask C C O O UY O eb eb Yb Ub UY Ye ek wv wt Not like character mask WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 69 Data Tab The Value drop down menu opens a dialog box with multiple options as shown in the following image Create a filtering condition ox ay New Filter JF InsertBefore Binsert After op Group Ungroup xy 0 SF where lt Field gt Equal to lt Value gt v Type Constant v Value Multiple Val a v X Get Valuesy K Cancel A OK Cancel The type drop down menu contains the following options Constant Enables the entry of a literal constant value 4 Parameter Enables you to specify a parameter by entering a name and description in the provided text input areas as well as selecting the type of parameter Simple Static Dynamic 4 Field Enables the specification of a field name to compare against The value area contains a text input box that you can use to manually insert values It also contains a Get Values drop down menu which supplies the following options All Retrieves all the values from the selected field First Retrieves the first value from the selected field Last Retrieves the last value f
226. ilders Consulting and Training 14 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Introducing InfoAssist InfoAssist provides business users with the most advanced yet simple to use ad hoc reporting features needed to create intricate reports and perform insightful analysis InfoAssist provides a robust user friendly solution that helps companies overcome traditional ad hoc reporting challenges InfoAssist is available in the following versions 4 InfoAssist Complete version of this powerful report generation tool 4 Personal InfoAssist Self service version of InfoAssist 4 InfoAssist Basic Limited version of InfoAssist provided to existing Report and Graph Assist customers 4 InfoMini Applications built from an InfoAssist report that contain a subset of InfoAssist functionality at run time WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 15 InfoAssist InfoAssist InfoAssist is the web based ad hoc reporting tool in WebFOCUS With InfoAssist you can quickly and easily 4 Generate highly complex reports charts dashboards and documents from any enterprise information source without IT intervention Complete tasks such as building a report with minimal clicks 4 Convert reports to charts or charts to reports in a single click 4 Analyze multiple reports and charts simultaneously using advanced tiling options to view data from multiple perspectives Browse more than 300 enterprise information sources including multi dimen
227. ility that allows query execution outside the tool All functionality of InfoAssist is provided in Personal InfoAssist except the following lt J Customizing InfoAssist by modifying user preferences 4 Drilling down to a procedure WebFOCUS 1 Introducing InfoAssist 4 Applying custom themes 4 Running reports in deferred mode 4 InfoMini InfoAssist Basic InfoAssist Basic is a modern web based facility that provides comparable functionality to legacy reporting tools InfoAssist Basic contains many of the features of InfoAssist while still allowing you to create and edit reports and charts as you would with a legacy tool InfoAssist Basic is an advanced yet simple to use ad hoc reporting tool that offers dynamic features for creating intricate reports and performing insightful analysis Using InfoAssist Basic you can create a customized report organize report output with sorting change a column heading and format add a page heading and footing enhance the appearance of the report create a matrix report and validate and test your work InfoAssist Basic does not include the following capabilities found in InfoAssist 4 General Features 4 Creating dashboards and documents Live Preview Publishing InfoMini Slicers C O O O O Cube Browser 4 Chart to Report conversion Home tab 4 Format group Format tab 4 Destination group Reference Lines Annotations Format Horizontal Grid Lines Color Bands tab an
228. ing amp Footing dialog box is to click the arrow next to the Header amp Footer button Doing so opens a drop down menu from which you can select the heading or footing that you want to work with After you make your selection the Header amp Footer dialog box opens and the heading or footing that you selected is active 3 Click the tab for the page heading or page footing depending on which you want to add By default the Page Heading tab is selected In this procedure accept the default to add a page heading first 4 Click inside the design area of the dialog box and type the text for the page heading For example the text for a sample page heading might be Customers By Occupation 5 Using the styling options apply styling to the page heading text In this example the heading is styled in 14 pt bold Helvetica with center alignment 6 Click Apply to save the changes that you have made without closing the dialog box To add a page footing click the Page Footer tab For this procedure you are going to add one of the supplied quick text options followed by some text of your own 8 Click the down arrow next to the preformatted text button and click Created by from the drop down list as shown in the following image Pe Draft Page X of Y Confidential Date gt Time gt 9 Complete the text by typing the applicable value within the supplied text for example Sales Manager Change the styling as you want F
229. ing data labels Format Series dialog box A dialog box that contains options to format the fill and border of each series on a chart frame The area of a chart that contains all of the basic chart elements such as the plot points gridlines legend and chart title The frame appears as a rectangle gridlines Lines that run horizontally and vertically to enhance the readability of a chart Gridlines can be major or minor WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 473 Key Concepts 474 legend A chart element that displays each series that appears on a chart markers Visual elements found on line charts that represent data points on a chart quadrant lines Horizontal and vertical lines that cross to divide a chart into four sections reference line A line designed to draw attention to specific data locations on a chart A maximum of three horizontal X axis and three vertical Y axis reference lines can be added to a chart ring label Descriptive name for a concentric ring found on a ring chart series A group of data points that are plotted on a chart stack measures An option to stack all measures on a report trendline A line drawn between any two points on a data series that shows the direction that the values of the data series are going in WebFOCUS Index 3D chart types 195 3D charts 195 3D depth removing from a bar chart 345 A accessing document view from document button 359 opening an existing ite
230. ini application does not open in its own browser window in the Business Intelligence BI Portal or in any other application that you build yourself An InfoMini application has many of the components an InfoAssist report has with the following exceptions The main menu is not accessible The New Open and View code buttons on the Quick Access Toolbar are not available 4 Certain tabs and groups are unavailable or limited For more information see Interactive Mode on page 458 and Edit Mode on page 459 4 The status bar is not accessible lt The navigation taskbar is not accessible 4 InfoMini does not support referencing existing procedures and Reporting Objects There are two items on the Quick Access Toolbar that are exclusive to an InfoMini application They are Interactive button Edit button For more information on the available components and their functionality see InfoAssist Application Window on page 30 456 WebFOCUS 9 Building InfoMini Applications Using the InfoMini Button In this section Interactive Mode Edit Mode The InfoMini button can be found on the Format tab in the Destination group You can click the InfoMini button to activate the InfoMini option With the InfoMini button active you can run a report to open the InfoMini application To deactivate the InfoMini option click the InfoMini button again There must be at least one option selected from the InfoMini button menu for InfoMini
231. ink or drill down procedure to a selected field in a report The Links group is shown in the following image PA Hyperlink Links WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 93 Field Tab Hyperlink Opens the Drill Down dialog box opens From that dialog box you can configure a hyperlink or a drill down procedure for the selected field Clicking that field in report output takes you to the specified URL or executes the specified procedure The Drill Down dialog box is shown in the following image Drill Down x Web Page C Report URL Alternate comment Target New Window v Parameters amp 2 X Name Value Bt i 94 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Series Tab The Series tab appears in the ribbon only when you are working with charts It provides access to chart options through the Select Properties Line Pie and Display groups The Series tab is shown in the following image Select Group The Select group contains a drop down menu for selecting a specific measure field to which to apply one or more of the options that are available in the Series tab The default setting is All Series which applies the selected options to all the measure fields in the report Properties Group The Properties group contains options for enhancing charts The options are Style Data Labels Type Trendline and Equation options It is shown in the following image 4 Style Opens the Format Series
232. ion dialog box opens From the Size and Position dialog box open the Size tab as shown in the following image s Size and Position x ee e Position Size Height 3 67 Width 4 86 Scale Height 100 gt Width 100 AutoFit Auto Overflow E Lock Aspect Ratio A OK amp Cancel Use the Height and Width options to change the position of the selected component You can adjust the pixel size of the object with the Size options or the scale percentage of the object with the Scale options You can lock the aspect ratio using the Aspect Ratio button which is available when working with charts images and text boxes while working in Document view With the aspect ratio locked changing the width automatically changes the height to keep the component to scale and changing the height automatically changes the width Note The Auto Overflow option is only available while working with reports in Document view through the Size amp Arrange group With Auto Overflow set you cannot manually set the height and width of a report The area of the report expands automatically to show all data The AutoFit option is only available for charts through the Size amp Arrange group With AutoFit set the chart size becomes dynamic This means that other applications can override the size of the chart when the chart is embedded WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents When two objects are selected the Relative Position button
233. ion to control the display of the custom baseline 4 Value Enter a value for the custom baseline 4 Line Style Click this icon to open the Line Style dialog box where you can edit the color weight and style of the custom baseline For instructions on how to open this dialog box see the procedures in Using Axis Properties on page 293 Secondary Axes Options Formatting option are available for secondary axes in dual axis charts For example in a vertical dual axis chart the secondary vertical axis refers to the Y2 axis The Format Secondary Axis dialog box contains the following tabs for both vertical and horizontal axes General For more information see the Scale tab options in Format Axis Dialog Box on page 285 4 Title For more information see the equivalent tab in Format Axis Dialog Box on page 285 4 Labels For more information see the equivalent tab in Format Axis Dialog Box on page 285 Advanced For more information see the equivalent tab in Format Axis Dialog Box on page 285 Axis Elements Right Click Menu When you right click an axis label in a chart in Live Preview a menu of options opens The options for the right click axis label elements are described in the following tables WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 291 Formatting Axis Labels eee exten oecinin Horizontal Delete Deletes labels from the chart and updates the Live Preview Labels accordingly Stagger Controls the positioning of
234. ioning of data labels For example if a pie chart has so many slices that a data label could become illegible InfoAssist moves the data label outside of the pie but connects it to the slice with a feeler line 4 On Slice Select this option to display the data labels on the pie slices WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 253 Formatting Data Labels 4 Outside Slice Select this option to display the data labels outside the pie slices Outside with feeler lines Select this option to display the data labels outside the pie slices with feeler lines Using Data Labels Properties In this section Series Tab Properties Group The following sections contain procedures for customizing data labels The procedures are organized by the tab and group in which their associated options appear on the ribbon Series Tab Properties Group How to Show and Hide Data Labels Change the Position of Data Labels Procedure How to Show and Hide Data Labels 1 Create a chart 2 You can access the option to show data labels in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Series tab in the Properties group open the Data Labels drop down menu and select More Data Labels Options to open the Format Labels dialog box On the General tab select the Show Data Labels option and click OK to close the dialog box You can use this dialog box to format and style the data labels For more information see Format Labels Dialog Box on page 243 To hide data
235. ions are grouped into Getting Started and Help InfoAssist WebFOCUS version 8 0 Getting Started Help gt Build a Report gt InfoAssist Help Build a Chart gt Online Forum gt Build a Document gt Open Existing Item Change Default Options Close Application Note When you launch InfoAssist Basic this splash screen indicates that the application is InfoAssist Basic and displays the available options Getting Started The following Getting Started options are available in InfoAssist 4 Build a Report Opens the Select a data source dialog box where you can select a data source for your report 24 WebFOCUS 2 Getting Started With InfoAssist Help Build a Chart Opens the Select a data source dialog box where you can select a data source for your chart Build a Document Opens the Select a data source dialog box where you can select a data source for your document Open Existing Item Opens the Open dialog box where you can select an existing item Change Default Options Opens the Options window where you can change the default settings to reflect your preferences For more information see Changing User Preferences on page 25 Close Application Closes and exits the application The Help options provide help for the new user The following Help options are available when you open InfoAssist 4 InfoAssist Help Opens the online documentation window for InfoAssist Online Forum Ope
236. is in InfoMini at the same point For more information on the options you can make available in Interactive mode see Interactive Mode on page 458 For more information on the options you can make available in the Edit mode see Edit Mode on page 459 Interactive Mode Interactive mode is the default mode when an InfoMini application runs You can access Interactive mode from the Quick Access Toolbar of an InfoMini application The Resources panel is not available in Interactive mode If no options are selected from the InfoMini button when the application runs the tool still opens in Interactive mode with no ribbon options available The following options can be activated in Interactive mode Home tab Format tab J Slicers tab From the Home tab you can access the Format Filter and Report groups with the following exceptions 4 The Report and Chart buttons which are on the Home tab in the Format group in InfoAssist are not available in an InfoMini application 4 The Design group which is on the Home tab in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Home tab see Home Tab on page 39 From the Format tab you can access the Output Types group with the following exceptions The Destination Navigation and Features groups which are on the Format tab in InfoAssist are not available in an InfoMini application 4 The Other button which
237. ith The 1 after the decimal point indicates that it is the first control in that cascade In the next example Flat Panel TV is selected as the second control for the Product group as shown in the following image This is filtered to only show subcategories for Televisions z Ps Di Format ata Previe Run Time y Update Preview Options Fy Year Sales ih WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 447 Filtering With Slicers 448 Flat Panel TV appears in the Product Subcategory drop down menu as shown in the following image g Run Format Data Slicers Layout View Preview so Product Category Product are Quart iy Cea Scr eee ee he y Update Preview Run Time jal fo Options Fy Record Limit Fy Product Time Sales My Live Preview 500 Records wr RETAL R Dimensions R a E Product Year Quantity onea Categoi Sales Sold o E a The number 1 2 indicates that this is the second control for the first cascade Now a second group Time Sales is created It has two controls the first is Year Sales the second is Quarter Sales as shown in the following image Time Sales 3 Filter the report using the controls in the slicer groups that you created In the following example the report has been filtered to show the number of flat panel televisions that were sold in the first quarter of 2007 Format Data Slicers Layout View Preview soo Product Category
238. ition O X Delete Video Production 1 SouthEast Stereo Systems 10 Televisions 5 Video Players 8 The active dashboard properties dialog box opens as shown in the following image The Prompts list displays the two prompts radiobuttons_1 and combobox_1 that were added to the dashboard in step 1 The prompt titled radiobuttons_1 is highlighted because it was selected in step 2 ta Active Dashboard Properties ka Prompt Source amp Targets SS Cascades Prompts Source Targets Report Candidate Reports Targets I Condition CO V Indude All OK Cancel a 3 From the Report drop down menu select the report that contains the field to which you want to bind an active dashboard prompt 414 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist In this example shown in the following image the radio buttons list radiobuttons_1 has been selected as the prompt for the region report table_1 a Active Dashboard Properties ka Prompt Source amp Targets gt aa 72 1 1 Prompts Targets Condition Equal to V Indude All OK Cancel nt wll O y The next step describes how to bind the Region field from the region report to the radio buttons list to filter that report 4 From the Field drop down menu select the field to which you want to bind the active dashboard prompt WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 415 Creating an Ac
239. k Color icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the tick mark For the Tick Mark Length either accept the value automatically supplied by the chart engine or enter your own in the Value fields WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 335 Formatting a Gauge Chart The following image shows the same gauge chart The major ticks marks have been changed to red from black They are now 30 in length double their original size of 15 The minor tick marks are now blue instead of black Their size has also been increased They are now 10 in length instead of 05 Dollar Sales 20M 30M 336 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Procedure How to Set Gauge Color Bands The following image shows the gauge chart without color bands Quantity Sold Married Create a gauge chart Open the Format Gauge dialog box in one of the following ways Q Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges Q Right Click Menu Right click the gauge chart and select More Gauge Options The Format Gauge dialog box opens 3 Set the minimum and maximum value for each band that you want to appear on the gauge chart 4 Set the color of the fill and border for each color band Note The gradient fill option is not available for color bands 5 Click OK to close the Format Gauge dialog box The bands are formatted accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 337 Formattin
240. k to add notes Slide1 of 1 Office Theme Using the Navigation Taskbar The Navigation taskbar provides quick access to all active output windows and to the report design that generated the output You can return to the last report that you edited in the Query Design pane by clicking Display Design View on the taskbar The Navigation taskbar as shown in the following image is always visible in InfoAssist It is located near the bottom of the application window just above the status bar a n Repot Reporti Reporti reposta Each of the active output windows displays a tab on the Navigation taskbar Selecting the tab displays that output window in the Results panel If you save a report with a unique name each time you modify it when the report is executed and a new output window is generated the unique name appears as a tab on the taskbar If you continue to modify and execute a report without saving it with a unique name a number in parentheses is appended to the original saved report name to differentiate it among the multiple output windows The ability to select report output from the Navigation taskbar depends on the output window option selected from the status bar or from the Output Window group of the View tab For more information see Using the Status Bar on page 133 or Understanding Output Options on page 121 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 131 Using the Navigation Taskbar 132 Eac
241. ked Chart Report and InfoMini are disabled as shown in the following image If you want to disable the File button click the File button again Note The File button is not available in InfoAssist Basic m InfoMini Enables the creation of an InfoMini application For more information on using InfoMini see Building InfoMini Applications on page 455 Note InfoMini is not available in InfoAssist Basic Report Makes report specific functionality available in InfoAssist If you switch from Report to Chart all selected options specific to each type of report are maintained during the current session until you save the report When you save a report chart specific options are not maintained Note The Report to Chart or Chart to Report conversion options are not available in InfoAssist Basic Chart Makes chart specific functionality available in InfoAssist If you switch from Chart to Report all selected options specific to each type of chart are maintained during the current session until you save the chart When you save a chart report specific options are not maintained Note The Report to Chart or Chart to Report conversion options are not available in InfoAssist Basic Navigation Group Reports Only The Navigation group contains commands to customize output display and navigation They are Table Table of Contents Freeze Pages On Demand and Auto Drill amp Analysis WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 55 Form
242. labels clear this option 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series on the chart point to Data Labels and then select Show To hide data labels right click a series on the chart point to Data Labels and then select Hide The data labels appear and are formatted and styled accordingly 254 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows a chart with data labels 20 595 85 19 331 10 12 546 62 13 149 61 Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category Procedure How to Change the Position of Data Labels 1 On the Series tab in the Properties group open the Data Labels drop down menu 2 On the menu select the position for the data labels The data labels are positioned accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 255 Formatting a Legend The following image shows a chart with the data labels centered 24K 20K 16K 12K Price 8K 4K Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category Formatting a Legend In this section Format Legend Dialog Box Legend Elements Right Click Menu Using Legend Properties A legend contains information that is necessary to accurately interpret the data on a chart By default a chart displays either a vertical axis title if there is a single measure field or a legend if there are multiple measure fields Format Legend Dialog Box 256 Whether you access
243. lable in the Query Design pane for a selected field Option peseription S Filter Values Opens the Filter dialog box for creating WHERE statements which enable you to select only the data that you want and to exclude all unwanted data Prompt for Values Opens the Filter dialog box for creating an auto prompting parameter that can be selected when a report is run Rank Inserts a rank column immediately to the left if a Sort By field is selected and adds a rank column to the left of the Sort By field if a Measure is selected Ranking a Measure results in two copies of the field the original Measure and the Sort By field that is created during ranking Sort Provides access to the Sort and Limit menus The Sort menu allows you to sort your data either in ascending or descending order The Limit menu allows you to specify the number of unique values displayed for a sort group that has been added WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 113 Understanding the Resources Panel Option peseription S Data Bars Provides a menu for enabling the data bar representation functionality Selecting On adds a data visualization column to the right of a selected numeric field The column displays values in each row using horizontal bars that extend from left to right in varying lengths depending on the corresponding data values Aggregation Functions Provides a menu for selecting options to assign an aggregation type value to a selected numeric fi
244. lds Here to Create Slicers text of the Slicers tab The hierarchy is added to the new group as shown in the following image The name of the new group changes to the name of the hierarchy automatically New Group Preview so f Year Sales Product Category Product Subcategory Model Product Name 2 Clear Sicers C E S M Y Update Preview anome PE Product Category 1 Time Sales Year Sales Note Hierarchies cannot be added to existing slicer groups If a hierarchy is dragged onto an existing slicer group a new group is created automatically There is no right click context menu for hierarchies To add a hierarchy as a slicer group you must drag and drop it into a new slicer group Filtering With Slicers In this section How Slicers Cascade Together How to Change the Relationship Operator in a Slicer Once you add slicers to an InfoAssist report you can use them to filter the report You can select values from the slicers menus change the number of records that appear create new slicer groups clear existing slicer groups and update the report preview WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 441 Filtering With Slicers Slicers that are not selected have their values filtered by the selected slicers Only values that meet the criteria for previously selected slicers will appear in the menu for the next slicer Slicers are not filtered in the order they appear in the slicer grou
245. lect a data source field in the Query Design pane or Layout canvas The options available in the Field tab are specific to the data type that is selected The options available for numeric fields are different from the options available for non numeric and date fields The Field tab provides access to the Filter Sort Break Style Format Display and Links groups It is shown in the following image The Field tab provides the following groups and options WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 85 Field Tab Filter Group The Filter group contains filtering options including Filter Exclude Include and Prompt The Filter group is shown in the following image t Evclude Include Filter ricluda Filter 4 Filter Opens the Filter dialog box for creating or modifying WHERE statements The Values drop down menu contains the following options Fetch All Values from Source Fetch Values from Disk File Fetch First Value in Source Fetch Last Value in Source Fetch Minimum bu UW wv wv wv Fetch Maximum The Prompt drop down menu contains the following options 4 No Value Prompt default Prompt using Data Values Dynamic mi 4 Prompt using Selection Static mi Prompt using Text Input Simple 86 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Selecting any Prompt option changes the purpose of the dialog box to creating an auto prompting parameter that you can select when you run a report When you select the
246. lect this option to use a custom format See the table in the previous section for a list and description of the characters that you can use in a custom format 4 Style Labels Click this button to open the Style dialog box where you can style text 4 Style Value Opens the Style dialog box where you can style the value Feeler Line WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 251 Formatting Data Labels 252 Show Feeler Lines Default Clear this option to suppress feeler lines Select this option to display feeler lines 4 Line Style Click this button to open the Line Style dialog box where you can edit the color weight and style of the feeler line Style Dialog Box The Style dialog box contains options to style the data labels The Style dialog box is shown in the following image B Style x Sans serif v x BZ u amp 23 B 2 Preview Sans serif Zf OK Q Cancel The Style dialog box contains the following options 4 Font Use the drop down menu to change the font 4 Font size Use the drop down menu to change the numeric value for the font size 4 Font style Click the appropriate button bold italic underline to style the selected text Text alignment Click the appropriate button left center right to align the selected text 4 Font color Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the font color Reset to Quick Styles from Template Click the button to reset all setting
247. legend options from the ribbon or the right click menu you are presented with the Format Legend dialog box of options For instructions on how to open this dialog box see Using Legend Properties on page 262 The Format Legend dialog box contains options for formatting a legend on a chart It contains the following tabs 4 Legend Options WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Markers amp Labels Fill 4 Border Styles 4 Advanced Note The Fill Border Style and Shadows tab are not available in InfoAssist Basic For instructions on how to open this dialog box see the procedures in Using Legend Properties on page 262 Use the Legend Options tab to customize the appearance of a legend on a chart The Legend Options tab is shown in the following image Ja Corant Legand Legend Options _ Dotiocs n Legend Options Markers amp Labels F Show Legend Fill Legend Position Auto ea Border Styles Legend Orientation Auto w Advanced E Reverse Legend Order Legend Position 7 44 Width 603 348 Height 26 A OK Cancel l amp Apply S 3 The Legend Options tab contains the following options 4 Show Legend Select this option to show a legend on a chart Clear this option to suppress a legend on a chart 4 Legend Position Select an option from this drop down menu to position a legend ona chart The options are 4 Auto WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 257 Formatting a Legend Bottom Right Left Top
248. llowing m m Data Style Styles only the data for the selected data source field Title Style Styles only the column title for the selected data source field Data Title Styles both the data and the column title for the selected data source field 4 Select any of the following styling options that are available in the Style group m m m Font Use the menu to change the font Font size Use the menu to change the numeric value for the font size Font color Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the font color Style Reset Click the Reset styling to default style button to reset all settings to the default settings from the template Note Reset only works while the Report Style dialog box is open Once you click OK all changes are committed To undo global styling after it has been committed you must use the Undo command on the Quick Access Toolbar Font style Click the appropriate button bold italic underline to style the selected text Text alignment Click the appropriate button left center right to align the text Background color Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the background color for the report 5 Click OK The report is styled accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 143 Styling Reports The following image shows a report with the default formatting and the Revenue data column selected for styling Product Quan
249. lowing options can be activated in Edit mode 4 Insert tab documents only 4 Data tab 4 Slicer tab Edit 4 Layout tab 4 Series tab Resources Field tab From the Insert tab you can access the Reports Objects and active dashboard Prompts for active HTML active PDF and active reports only groups The Existing Reports button which is available in the Reports group is not available in an InfoMini application For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Insert tab see nsert Tab on page 47 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 459 Understanding InfoMini Applications From the Data tab you can access the Calculation Filter and Data Source groups with the following exceptions 4 The Join group which is on the Data tab in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application 4 The Add option which is on the Data tab in the Data Source group in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Data tab see Data Tab on page 62 From the Slicers tab you can access the Options Record Limit and Slicer Group groups with the following exceptions 4 The Update Preview option which is on the Slicers tab in the Options group in InfoAssist is not available in an InfoMini application lt The Preview list which is on the Slicers tab in the Record Limit group in InfoAssist is only available in Document vie
250. ls that have a parent child relationship in which the parent filters the available options of the child An active form control can be the parent of more than one other control but cannot be a child of more than one control 472 WebFOCUS A Glossary color bands Basic design elements of a chart Color bands come in a pair with each band uniquely colored They appear in a continually repeating pattern behind a series on a chart The contrast of colors is designed to make a chart easier to read color mode The mode that controls how color is applied to a series measure field on a chart The possible settings are By Series default and By Group data labels Descriptive names that identify specific data points within a series dimension filtering An option to display dimension filters at the top of a report feeler line A line that connects the data label to a chart Format Grid Lines dialog box A dialog box of options to format horizontal and vertical gridlines color bands and frames on a chart Format Axis dialog box A dialog box of options for formatting for both vertical and horizontal axes Format Gauge dialog box A dialog box of options for formatting a gauge chart Such options include setting and styling a title for the gauge chart setting tick marks and color bands as well as advanced settings such as setting the gauge start and stop angle Format Labels dialog box A dialog box that contains options for edit
251. lumn For more information see How to Limit the Values of a Column in a Report on page 159 Page Breaks Starts a new page in the output when the primary sort field changes For more information see How to Add Page and Line Breaks to a Report on page 159 Line Breaks Inserts a line in the report output when the primary sort field changes For more information see How to Add Page and Line Breaks to a Report on page 159 Subtotal Inserts subtotals in the output for all numeric fields when the primary sort field changes For more information see How to Add Subtotals to a Report on page 160 Column Totals Inserts a grand total row at the bottom of the report to sum numeric data in each column For more information see How to Add Column Totals to a Report on page 163 Row Totals Inserts a grand total column to the right side of the report to sum numeric data in each row For more information see How to Add Row Totals to a Report on page 164 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 157 Using Custom Reporting Features Procedure 158 Sub Header Adds a subheading just below the column titles in the report output when the primary sort field changes For more information see How to Add Subheadings and Subfootings to a Report on page 164 Sub Footer Adds a subfooting at the end of the data on each page of the report output when the primary sort field changes For more information see How to Add Subheadings and Subfootings to a Repor
252. m Trave Government Telecommuricatcrs Constructan Architecture 0 4K BK 12K 16K 20K Cost WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows the same data sorted in ascending lowest to highest order Sotware Hardware Manuiacturing Engnesting Education Heattcare Detense Aerospace Etetanmert Puttisting Law Accounting Taxes Field Tab Display Group Procedure How to Hide a Field in a Series 1 Create a chart 2 Hide a field in a series is one of the following ways following ways 4 Select the field in the Query pane 4 Right click the field in the chart WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 231 Formatting a Series 4 Ribbon Select the field in the Query pane or by right clicking it in the chart On the Field tab in the Display group click Hide Field Click Hide Field again to make the series reappear 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series in the Query pane or in the chart point to Visibility and then click Hide Right click the same series point to Visibility and then click Show to make the series reappear The field is hidden The following image shows a vertical bar chart with each of the series shown Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category E Price Revenue The following image shows the same data with the Price field hidden 232 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 12
253. m communications protocol or front end software changed Is this problem reproducible If so how WebFOCUS Preface 4 Have you tried to reproduce your problem in the simplest form possible For example if you are having problems joining two data sources have you tried executing a query containing just the code to access the data source 4 Do you have a trace file 4 How is the problem affecting your business Is it halting development or production Do you just have questions about functionality or documentation User Feedback In an effort to produce effective documentation the Documentation Services staff welcomes your opinions regarding this manual Please use the Reader Comments form at the end of this manual to communicate suggestions for improving this publication or to alert us to corrections You can also use the Documentation Feedback form on our website http documentation informationbuilders com feedback asp Thank you in advance for your comments Information Builders Consulting and Training Interested in training Information Builders Education Department offers a wide variety of training courses for this and other Information Builders products For information on course descriptions locations and dates or to register for classes visit our website http www informationbuilders com or call 800 969 INFO to speak to an Education Representative WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 13 Information Bu
254. m 358 accordion reports 177 active dashboard 408 active dashboard prompts group 49 active report options dialog box Advanced tab 405 active report Options dialog box 397 401 403 Colors tab 403 Menu Options tab 401 active reports Options dialog box General tab 398 Active Technologies for charts 406 adding to reports 145 Advanced Filter dialog box 68 aggregation options in reports 166 aggregation values 233 annotations displaying 352 application button 30 application main menu 31 application window 30 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual WebFOCUS area chart types 190 area charts 189 axis manually setting 296 right click menu 291 setting advanced properties 298 using properties 293 axis labels custom format characters 288 deleting 293 formatting 284 295 horizontal axis labels 284 rotating 294 secondary axis labels 285 staggering 293 vertical axis labels 285 axis titles adding 297 B bar chart types 185 bar charts 183 Break group 90 bubble charts 194 C Calculation group 62 cell padding in reports 152 chart adding a page heading and a page footing 342 475 Index chart continued controlling the rendering of a page heading and page footing 344 frame and background 299 pyramid 197 rotating 348 chart frame and background formatting 298 Chart Types group 60 charts 3D 195 area 189 bar 183 bubble 194 chart elements 204 chart formatting tools 204 chart outputs 203 combination
255. me Shipped amp Year Shipped Time Delivery Year Delivery E Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery 5 Education Education Type ID_SHIPFACT ID_SHIPMENT Depending on whether you are creating a report or a chart the Query Design pane displays selected data source fields using different types of field containers For reports the Query Design pane displays Column Labels Row Labels and Measures field containers WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 117 Understanding the Results Panel For charts the Query Design pane displays Filter Legend Series Categories Axis and Measures Sum field containers as shown in the following image VW Filter WHERE GGSALES SALESO1 REGION EQ West GGSALES SALESO1 REGION EQ West IR Legend Series Category lIl Categories Axis a Wl x Axis Product Region Hil Measures SUM Unit Sales Dollar Sales 118 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Understanding the Layout Canvas The Layout canvas displays a preview of the report being created or modified in the Results panel when you are in the default Live Preview To select Live Preview go to Home tab and in the Design group click Live Preview or on the View tab in the Design group click Live Preview The Layout canvas is always fully maximized within the Results panel and cannot be minimized cascaded or tiled Howe
256. me and Bottom Frame options Show Color Select this option to show the color of the side frame Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for side frame Show Border Color Select this option to show the color of the border of the side frame WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border of the side frame Bottom Frame Show Color Select this option to show the color of the bottom frame Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the bottom frame Show Border Color Select this option to show the color of the bottom frame Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border of the bottom frame Use Wall and Floor tabs to set the walls and floor of a 3D chart The Left Wall tab is shown in the following image E Frame amp Background x Left Wall Left Wall Right Wall Show Wall Floor Wall Thickness 0 0 Advanced Cube Size a Background Color F Border Color L f OK Q cancel amp Apply These Wall and Floor tabs contain the following options 4 Show Wall or Show Floor Select this option to show the wall or floor depending on the tab of the 3D chart Wall Thickness Specify the thickness of the wall or floor Cube Size Specify the cube size of the wall or floo
257. mponent 2 Right click the component and click Delete The component is deleted from the canvas Note You can also delete a component by clicking it and pressing the Delete key WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 389 Building a Document 390 WebFOCUS onl WebFOCUS reating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist This topic describes how to create a report chart or dashboard that is enabled for Active Technologies using InfoAssist These reports charts and dashboards use the full capabilities of Active Technologies They are also referred to as active reports charts and dashboards WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Topics lt J Creating an Active Technologies Report lt J Creating an Active Technologies Chart a Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard 391 Creating an Active Technologies Report Creating an Active Technologies Report In this section Active Technologies Report Menu Options Configuring Active Technologies Report Options How to Create an Active Technologies Report An active report is a self contained report that is designed for offline analysis meaning it contains all the data and JavaScript within the output file Using an active report you can m Interact with the data using analysis options similar to those found in an Excel workbook without any connection to a server Analysis options include filtering sorting charting and m
258. n When you reduce the size of the application window some groups are collapsed into single icons as determined by the amount of available space The following image shows the Features group from the Format tab collapsed into a single icon Run Slicers Layout View Fisid IM HTML ims e tive Excel owerPoint InfoMini m Table Table of Freeze Pages On E File Contents Demand Destination Navigation When a group is collapsed into a single icon the individual icons are removed from view but are still available Clicking a collapsed group icon restores the group to its normal full size and displays all of the individual icons When expanding a collapsed group the ribbon collapses a neighboring group to make enough room to expand the selected group When an icon button or option in a menu or dialog box appears dimmed that functionality is not available for that report as it currently exists Some functionality is available for reports only charts only or documents only In some situations selecting one or more options makes other options incompatible with the previously selected ones As a result the incompatible options are dimmed and unavailable for selection InfoAssist automatically makes incompatible options unavailable as you create and modify a report WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The following image shows an example of an option that is unavailable because it is not compatible
259. n one row WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 329 Formatting a Gauge Chart After changing the setting from the default of 2 gauges per row to 3 gauges per row all the charts now appear on one row Age Infant Age Preschool Age School Age 330 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Procedure How to Set the Minimum and Maximum Axis Scale Values The following image shows a gauge chart with the scale values automatically supplied by the chart engine Quantity Sold Stereo Systems 1 Create a gauge chart The following image shows a gauge chart with default settings 2 Open the Format Gauge dialog box in one of the following ways Q Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group click Gauges Q Right Click Menu Right click the gauge chart and select More Gauge Options The Format Gauge dialog box opens 3 On the Axis Scale amp Labels tab in the Scale area either accept the minimum and maximum values for the scale automatically supplied by the chart engine or enter your own in the Value fields 4 Click Apply WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 331 Formatting a Gauge Chart The gauge scale reflects the selections that you have made The following image shows the changes that were applied to the axis scale of the gauge chart in the preceding image The automatic minimum value was cleared and a value of 20000 was set The automatic maximum value was cleared and a value of 60000 w
260. n selected table_2 gender report appears in the Target list and table_1 region report appears in the Candidate Reports list jz a Active Dashboard Properties a Kia Prompt Source amp Targets Cascades Targets Candidate Reports Targets table_1 table_2 Cancel WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist Note To move a report from the Candidate Reports list box to the Targets list box select it and click the Add to List arrow To remove a report from the Targets list box select it and click the Remove from List arrow You can select multiple reports by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking each one Click OK The prompt is now bound to the field on the dashboard In this example the drop down list is bound to the Gender field A user could filter the gender report by male or female The following image shows the final dashboard with two reports and two prompts Al MidEast NorthEast SouthEast 12 of 12 records Page 1 of 1 24 of 24 records Page 1 of 1 Product Quantity Product Region Y Category y Sold EG Y Gender Y Age Group Y MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 Stereo Systems Female Teen Televisions 3 246 Thirties Video Players 5 043 Young Adult Video Production 955 Male Teen NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 Thirties Televisions 5 578 Young Adult Video Players 9 057 Video Production 1 738 SouthEast Stereo Sys
261. n time P Home Format om Product Zategory Y Region Revenue Y elevisions West 42 979 027 83 gt Players West 16 491 444 00 20 Production West 9 281 163 62 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 465 Creating an InfoMini Application 4 To use the InfoMini application in Edit mode click Edit as shown in the following image Run Interactive Edip Home Format Slicers Product Region Category Revenue Central Stereo Systems 3 027 276 42 Televisions 10 131 328 09 Video Players 3 835 578 36 Video Production 2 166 591 20 MidEast Stereo Systems 1 254 014 44 Televisions 4 256 202 11 Video Players 1 653 244 82 Video Production 896 178 80 NorthEast Stereo Systems 2 381 435 14 Televisions 7 452 259 19 Video Players 2 980 605 73 Video Production _1 723 425 57 466 WebFOCUS 9 Building InfoMini Applications The tabs that are enabled appear on the ribbon as shown in the following image The available options on these tabs provide the same functionality as they do in InfoAssist You can use this embedded functionality to change the report at run time For more information on the tabs and options that can be enabled in Edit mode see Edit Mode on page 459 Eat Home Format Data Slicers Layout Field Interactive Product Region Category Revenue Central Stereo Systems 3 027 276 42 Televisions 10 131 328 09 Video Players 3 835 578 36 Video Production 2 166 591 20 MidEast St
262. nabled blue when there is an action to undo Otherwise the icon is unavailable gray The Redo icon is enabled blue when there is an action to redo Otherwise the icon is unavailable gray For example assume that your first action when creating a report is to add a database field to the report After you add the database field the Undo icon turns blue You can now click the Undo icon to remove the database field from the report The Undo icon turns gray and the Redo icon turns blue To restore the field to the report click the blue Redo icon You can also press Ctrl Z to undo an action or Ctrl Y to redo an action You can undo and redo up to 25 actions per session InfoAssist maintains the undo and redo list of actions even when you switch between reports When a dialog box is open in the application window you cannot use the Undo and Redo icons However when you click OK and close the dialog box the icons become available for use With a single click of Undo you can undo all the actions that you performed in the dialog box and you can reinstate them with a single click of Redo View code View the underlying code for the report 4 Run Click the Run button to run a report chart dashboard or document immediately Click the down arrow to open the Run menu which contains the following additional options 4 Preview Runs the report chart dashboard or document in the selected format with the limited number of records a
263. ndow provides intuitive menus and toolbars a versatile ribbon that provides access to specialized groups for different functional areas of report design a taskbar for selecting output and a status bar for directing output The application window also provides a resources area for selecting and sorting data and a multi faceted results area that can display report design a preview of report output or actual report output Topics InfoAssist Application Window Application Main Menu Quick Access Toolbar Ribbon Home Tab Insert Tab Format Tab UU U OU oO Uw vw wD Data Tab WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Ooo wv WwW HY HU wv wv Slicers Tab Layout Tab View Tab Field Tab Series Tab Understanding the Resources Panel Understanding the Results Panel Using the Navigation Taskbar Using the Status Bar 29 InfoAssist Application Window InfoAssist Application Window 30 The components of the InfoAssist Application window are shown in the following image The InfoAssist main interface components are annotated as follows 1 Application button Provides access to the application menu of procedure related commands 2 Quick Access Toolbar Displays frequently used commands such as New Open Save Undo Redo View code Run and Preview in a toolbar that remains visible For more information see Quick Access Toolbar on page 35 3 Ribbon Displays the commands you need to create reports charts
264. needle to have a border You can select the color for the border as well 6 Click Apply Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each series gauge needle that you want to style 8 When you are finished click OK to close the Format Series dialog box The color of the gauge needles and their borders changes accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 341 Formatting Page Headings and Page Footings The following image shows the same gauge chart with the needles with new colors The Show Border Color option has been enabled with the default color of black for the border color NorthEast SouthWest Ho Quantity Sold QJ Revenue Formatting Page Headings and Page Footings How to Add a Page Heading and Page Footing to a Chart Control the Rendering of a Page Heading and Page Footing Page headings and page footings supply context and key information about a chart such as its purpose audience and author Page headings and page footings also enhance visual appeal Procedure How to Add a Page Heading and Page Footing to a Chart The procedure uses sample values but you can supply values that apply to your own charts This feature is available in Query Design view Live Preview and Document view 1 Create a chart 2 With your chart open on the Home tab in the Report group click Header amp Footer The Header amp Footer dialog box opens 342 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Tip Another way to access the Head
265. nfoAssist interface click the IA button to open the Application Menu From the Application Main Menu click New The InfoAssist splash screen opens On the InfoAssist splash screen select Build a Report The Select a data source dialog box opens From the Select a data source dialog box select the data source that you want to use and click OK The data source that you selected appears in the Data pane of the Resources panel Drag and drop fields onto the canvas or into the Query pane to begin building your report Procedure How to Create a Report From the Quick Access Toolbar 1 On the Quick Access Toolbar click the New icon The InfoAssist splash screen opens On the InfoAssist splash screen select Build a Report The Select a data source dialog box opens WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 137 Creating a Basic Report 4 From the Select a data source dialog box select the data source that you want to use and click OK The data source that you selected appears in the Data pane of the Resources panel Drag and drop fields onto the canvas or into the Query pane to begin building your report Procedure How to Create a Report From an Existing Chart 1 2 Open the chart that contains the data that you want to present in a report On the Home tab in the Format group click Report The data is presented as a report Report Outputs 138 The following output types are available for reports
266. nk column to the left of the Sort By field if a Measure is selected Ranking a Measure results in two copies of the field the original Measure and the Sort By field that is created during ranking WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 89 Field Tab 4 Limit Opens a drop down menu that allows you to specify the number of unique values to display for a sort group that has been added For more information about these report options see Using Custom Reporting Features on page 157 Break Group Reports The Break group for reports contains options for customizing a report by adding a Page Break Line Break Subtotal for numeric fields only Sub Header Sub Footer and Recompute to the report output The Break group is shown in the following image The Break Group is used for reports only S Page Break Sub Header Line Break Sub Footer E Subtotal Break 4 Page Break Starts a new page when the primary sort field changes Clicking the drop down icon enables you to select Reset Page Numbers which allows you to reset page numbers on a page break to start at 1 J Line Break Inserts a line in the report output when the primary sort field changes Sub Header Opens a dialog box where you can type text to add a subheading just below the column titles in the report output when the primary sort field changes 4 Sub Footer Opens a dialog box where you can type text to add a subfooting at the end of the data on eac
267. ns the Focal Point website in a new browser window Changing User Preferences In this section Startup Options Layout View Format Environment and Styling You can change the default user preferences to customize the way that InfoAssist behaves when you create reports and generate output You can customize the InfoAssist interface including all menus and dialog boxes by selecting an application theme that applies the styling that you want Additionally you can style your reports by selecting a document theme independent from the interface On the InfoAssist application main menu click Options or on the InfoAssist Options dialog box click Change Default Options WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 25 Changing User Preferences The Options window as shown in the following image opens to provide you with a user friendly interface for customizing the InfoAssist application Customize your InfoAssist environment Letter v Pra mmeone OOOO OK Reset Cancel If any of the options are unavailable contact your administrator for assistance You can also select a document styling theme through the ribbon Go to the Home tab then in the Report group click Theme For more information see Home Tab on page 39 Startup Options Layout 26 Note The Startup Options are disabled because in WebFOCUS 8 you can choose the mode of InfoAssist directly from the Resource Tree in the BI Portal The Layout
268. nto an open area of the canvas and not on top of another chart or report WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents A chart placeholder with the selected data source appears in the Results panel as shown in the following image 4 You can now add fields to the chart using the canvas and the Resources Panel For more information on how to use the Resources panel to add additional fields to the report see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 Procedure How to Insert a Chart With Double Click You can double click a data source field in the Resources panel in Document view To insert a chart make sure that no report is actively selected on the canvas and Chart is selected on the Format tab in the Destination This option is also on the Home tab in the Format group Note You cannot insert a new chart by a double click if a report is actively selected If a report is selected click the canvas to deselect the report and make the canvas the active object 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the Format tab 2 Inthe Destination group click Chart WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 369 Building a Document Note You can also click Chart on the Home tab in the Format group 3 Double click a data source field in the Data pane of the Resources Panel A chart placeholder with the selected data source appears in the Results panel as shown in the following image 4 Youcan now ad
269. nu in any direction to view the report output which appears behind the menu by default Quantity Region Industry Sold Central Agriculture 218 BioTech 1 872 Chemical Petroleum 1 664 Defense Aerospace 2 607 Entertainment Publishing 3 554 Finance Insurance 2 070 Table of Contents Ey Central Gy NorthEast HE SouthEast 0 View Entire Report On off E Remove Table of Contents 174 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Select a sort field to view values for that field In the following example clicking NorthEast displays the corresponding report output Quantity Region Industry Sold NorthEast Agriculture 198 BioTech 1 443 Chemical Petroleum 1 406 Defense Aerospace 2 263 Entertainment Publishing 2 871 Finance Insurance 1 548 Table of Contents cy Central HG NorthEast HE SouthEast E View Entire Report On Off E Remove Table of Contents You can also select options to view the entire report or remove the table of contents Procedure How to Freeze Column Titles in a Report On the Format tab in the Navigation group click Freeze Column titles freeze remain in view when you scroll through pages of the report output WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 175 Creating Customized Report Outputs The following image shows the scroll bar that appears when you freeze column titles Product Quantity Category Sold Revenue MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 1 254 014
270. nvas C O O O Radio Button Inserts a radio button control placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas 4 Text Inserts a text area control placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas For more information on inserting active form controls see Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard on page 408 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 49 Format Tab Format Tab 50 In this section Output Types Group Destination Group Navigation Group Reports Only Features Group Reports Features Group Charts Chart Types Group Charts Labels Group Charts The Format tab contains different options for selecting output formats and other reporting features depending on whether you are creating a report or a chart For reports the Format tab provides access to the Output Types Destination Navigation and Features groups It is shown in the following image wy Da ala Bl gan Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field 298 Bla ey HTML InfoMini Report Mash Output Types Destination For charts the Format tab provides access to the Output Types Destination Chart Types Features and Labels groups as shown in the following image TIT a D dw F 2b HTMLS Active Active Excel PowerPoint B Report Output Types Destination Chart Types WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Output Types Group In this section HTML5 Enabling Additional Output Types The
271. o a Dashboard This procedure describes how to begin to create a dashboard by creating one report and binding a single prompt to one of the fields of the report 1 Open InfoAssist in Document view 2 Onthe Format tab in the Output Types group select an active output type active report active Flash active PDF 3 On the Inserts tab in the Reports group click Report A placeholder appears on the canvas 4 Drag and drop fields onto the canvas or into the Query pane to create the report and start building the dashboard 5 On the Insert tab in the active dashboard prompts group select a dashboard prompt to insert into the document For example the following image shows a radio button prompt added to the dashboard WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 409 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard 410 An active dashboard prompt appears in the upper left corner of the canvas If you have left the report in the upper left corner of the canvas then you will have to drag the prompt off the report as shown in the following image Product Option 1 Region Catego 3 Opti 3 MidEast Stereo Systems wie core Televisions D Option 3 Video Players l Option 4 NorthEast Stereo Systems a D Option 5 Televisions Video Players SouthEast Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Select the report and bind one of its data source fields to the prompt in one of the following ways 4 Query pane Select the report From
272. o the axis that you are working with and select More Axis Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis value on the chart and select More Axis Options The Format Axis dialog box opens On the scale tab clear the Automatic Minimum option and enter your own minimum value in the Value text box Clear the Automatic Maximum option and enter your own maximum value in the Value text box Clear the Automatic Grid Step option and enter your own grid step value in the Value text box Optionally you can select the Logarithmic Scale option and enter the log scale base in the text field of that name You can also clear the Include zero on scale option if you do not want zero to appear on the axis Click OK to close the dialog box WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The axis scale is set accordingly Procedure How to Add an Axis Title 1 Create a chart with an axis label 2 Open the Format Axis dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Labels group open the Axes drop down menu point to the axis that you are working with and select More Axis Options 4 Right Click Menu Right click an axis label and select More Axis Options The Format Axis dialog box opens On the Title tab type the axis title in the Text field Click the Style text icon to open the Style dialog box where you can style the text The axis title is styled accordingly Note Right click the axis title to
273. oduct A retailer would find it important to know which pieces of inventory are selling and how much revenue each item is generating for the company 12K 10K BK 6K Quantity Sold 4K Blu Ray Camcorder Pocketable DVD Players oOo Receivers Video Editing Product Subcategory WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts A horizontal bar chart becomes useful when you want to emphasize a ranking relationship in descending order or the X axis labels are too long to fit legibly side by side For example the following image is a basic horizontal bar chart that ranks in descending order which products are generating the most revenue for the retailer o e on iT es fideo Eding I 0 5k 10h 15h 20k 25k 30k 35k 40k Quantity Sold Bar Chart Types The following table lists the available bar chart types Available Bar Chart Types Vertical Clustered Bar Vertical Stacked Bar Vertical Dual Axis Clustered Bar Vertical Dual Axis Stacked Bar Vertical Bi Polar Clustered Bar Not in HTML5 Horizontal Bi Polar Clustered Bar Not in HTML5 Vertical Bi Polar Stacked Bar Not in HTML5 Horizontal Bi Polar Stacked Bar Not in HTML5 Vertical Percent Bar Horizontal Percent Bar WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 185 Selecting a Chart Pie Charts 186 Available Bar Chart Types Vertical Histogram Horizontal Histogram Vertical Waterfall Horizontal Waterfall Vertical Multi 3Y Bar Not in HTML5
274. oduct Cost a Revenue E Product Weight MSRP Base Rate Discount Deliver Estimate Days Cost Service Rate o ey Cost per Pound Region B Day of Week Delivery J 2 Across Year Quarter Delivery Product Cateaory Year Month Delivery Year Week Delivery Shift Delivery Day of Week Estimated Year Quarter Estimated Year Month Estimated D Year Week Estimated De _ Output Window Group The Output Window group contains the Arrange Output Location and Switch Output drop down menus for setting output display It is shown in the following image Sra mme Arrange Output Switch Location Output Output Window 4 Arrange Opens a drop down menu for choosing to display multiple output windows as a Cascade Tile Horizontally or Tile Vertically WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 83 View Tab For example the following image shows how you can display three output windows when you click Tile Vertically ggsales 6 Product Region Biscotti Midwest Northeast Southeast West Capuccino Northeast Southeast State amp jggsales 5 Product Biscotti Capuccino Coffee Grinder Coffee Pot Croissant Espresso Latte Aug Scone Thermos Unit Sales 421377 189217 186534 190695 630054 308986 878063 360570 333414 190081 Region West West West West West West West West West West
275. ollowed by a name For charts an icon im T on the far right of the styling ribbon is enabled This icon provides two options for controlling the way in which the page heading and page footing are rendered The default option Create Header and Footer as Text renders the heading and footing as text elements that are separate from the chart image The option Embed Header and Footer in the Chart renders the heading and footing text as part of the chart image Once you have added a heading or footing to a report or chart you can double click it on the canvas in design mode to reopen the Header amp Footer dialog box You can also right click an existing heading or footing in design mode and click Edit from the menu to open the dialog box For more information on adding and styling headings and footings see How to Add Headings and Footings to a Report on page 145 and Formatting Page Headings and Page Footings on page 342 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Column Totals Reports only Adds a grand total row to the bottom of the report to sum numeric data in each column For more information see How to Add Column Totals to a Report on page 163 4 Row Totals Reports only Adds a grand total column to the right side of the report to sum numeric data in each row For more information see How to Add Row Totals to a Report on page 164 Report Style Dialog Box The Report Style dialog box shown in the following image p
276. ollowing message appears Where Based Join p The total length of host fields format we should match the length of target field format Do you want to create a Where Based Join Yes No Note If you click Yes the Advanced Filter dialog box opens where you can create a Where Based Join If the cross referenced join field does not have an index the following message appears Mf yane fiasert Join p Target field is not indexed a jJ Do you want to create a Where Based Join No Note If you click Yes the Advanced Filter dialog box opens where you can create a Where Based Join 66 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface To create a Where Based Join create a filtering condition as shown in the following image Create a filtering condition New Filter Insert Before Insert After Group Ungroup J wHERE WF_RETAIL DIM_CUSTOMER ID_AGE Equal to WF_RETAIL_AGE DIM_AGE ID_AGE Filter Group The Filter group contains the Advanced Filter button to open the Advanced Filter dialog box to set advanced filtering options Advanced filter options include Where Where Total the And conjunction and the Or conjunctions in a single expression When creating a report you refer to fields in several parts of the request For example in display commands PRINT SUM in sort phrases BY ACROSS and in selection criteria WHERE WHERE TOTAL IF The WHERE phrase selects records from the data source to be inclu
277. olumns Hide Column Suppresses the display of the selected column in the report Show Columns Lists the names of the columns that are hidden in the report allowing you to individually restore a column Select the name of a specific column in the hidden columns list to restore that column to the report Freeze Column Freezes the report at a particular point so that columns to the left of the freeze point remain in view while the user scrolls through the other report columns Note f the report can be fully viewed in the browser window freeze is not applied The Freeze column option is not available for expandable report Accordion views Unfreeze All Unfreezes the columns Grid Tool Opens the Grid tool which you can use to change the column order select multiple columns to sort ascending or descending hide and show columns add a calculation result to a column and add subtotals in the active report Chart Rollup Tool Opens the Chart Rollup Tool which you can use to select multiple group fields to generate the chart or rollup table The Chart Rollup Tool contains a list of columns available in the active report to add to Group By and Measure fields Click and drag the columns into the field that you want WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 395 Creating an Active Technologies Report omn oom O Pivot Tool Opens the Pivot Tool which you can use to select multiple group fields to generate the chart or pivot table The Pivo
278. ome chart types require a certain number of data values or a certain type of data values If your data does not satisfy the requirements the chart will not accurately represent the data WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts In the following image the Pie tab is selected the fourth tab from the left Underneath the tab the pie chart types supported by InfoAssist appear as images Within the images the pie chart type is selected and a description appears underneath Other Chart Types Oo x A OK Q cancel You can also hover over an image with your mouse to display the chart type name as shown in the following image In the Other Chart Types dialog box click OK to finalize your selection and close the dialog box Populate the chart with your data in one of the following ways WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 201 Creating a Chart Drag the data dimensions and measures onto the chart Drag the data dimensions and measures into the appropriate field containers in the Query pane Procedure How to Create a Combination Chart You can run this procedure in Query Design view or Live Preview 1 On the Format tab in the Chart Types group click the button of the chart that you want to create Bar chart is the default The chart appears on the canvas 2 Populate the chart with your data in one of the following ways 4 Drag the data dimensions and measures onto the chart 4 Drag the data dimensions and
279. ometric Projection Select this option to ignore perspective distortion in a project graph cube from an isometric view 4 Proportional Cube Select this option to define the axis size proportional to the number of series or groups Automatic shading of walls Select this option to shade chart walls Automatically Shade Frame Edge Select this option to automatically shade the frame edge m 3D Zoom Factor Enter a value in the text box to set the global scaling factor for zooming in and out in a 3D chart Smaller values zoom out and produce a smaller display of the chart within a frame Larger values zoom in and produce a larger display of the chart within a frame Pan Horizontally Enter a value in the text box to pan a 3D chart in the horizontal direction Smaller values move the frame of the chart to the left Larger values move the frame of the chart to the right Pan Vertically Enter a value in the text box to pan a 3D chart in the vertical direction Smaller values move the frame of the chart upward Larger values move the frame of the chart downward WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 309 Formatting a Frame and a Background Use the Background tab to set and customize a border for a chart The Background tab is shown in the following image E Frame amp Background a ise Background Right Wall V Show Border Color Floor Border Color E Aduaned Background Fill Solid fill Background Sram dnak gt
280. ons have embedded analysis functionality that is available at run time pA Glossary Describes key concepts in this manual Documentation Conventions The following table describes the documentation conventions that are used in this manual ea aa OOOO OO THIS TYPE E Denotes syntax that you must enter exactly as shown or this typeface this typeface Represents a placeholder or variable in syntax for a value that you or the system must supply Indicates a default setting this typeface Represents a placeholder or variable a cross reference or an important term It may also indicate a button menu item or dialog box option that you can click or select this typeface Highlights a file name or command Key Key Indicates keys that you must press simultaneously 10 WebFOCUS Preface convention Oeewton ee Indicates two or three choices Type one of them not the braces Indicates a group of optional parameters None are required but you may select one of them Type only the parameter in the brackets not the brackets Separates mutually exclusive choices in syntax Type one of them not the symbol Indicates that you can enter a aoe multiple times Type only the parameter not the ellipsis Indicates that there are or could be intervening or additional commands Related Publications To view a current listing of our publications and to place an order visit our Technical Docum
281. ontains options to control the display of missing data values in a chart The Missing Data menu is shown in the following image baw Missing Data Display lt Missing Data Displays the following options Gap Zero Interpolated Line 4 Gap Displays missing values as a gap in bar line and area charts 4 Zero Displays a bar on the zero line in a bar chart Displays a solid line that connects the missing value with the succeeding value in a line chart Displays an area on the zero line in an area chart 4 Interpolated Line Displays missing values as a interpolated dotted line that connects the plot points preceding and succeeding the missing value in a line chart Displays missing values as an interpolated bar in a bar chart Displays missing values as an area in an area chart Data Source Group The Data Source group contains the Add command and the Switch drop down menu to add and switch data sources The Data Source group is only available in Document mode The Data Source group is shown in the following image Note The Data Source group is not available when working with Reporting Objects Add Switch Data Source 72 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 Add Opens the Select a data source dialog box where you can add additional data sources to a document enabling you to insert reports from different data sources into the same document The Select a data source dialog box is shown in the following image
282. or dialog box For more information see Color Dialog Box on page 46 More Grid Lines Opens the Format Gridlines dialog Options box For more information see Format Grid Lines Dialog Box on page 268 Using Gridline Properties In this section Format Tab Features Group The following sections contain procedures for customizing gridlines The procedures are organized by the tab and group in which their associated options appear on the ribbon 274 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Format Tab Features Group Procedure How to Display Horizontal Major Gridlines If your chart does not display gridlines by default use this procedure to generate gridlines 1 Create a chart 2 On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu point to Horizontal Gridlines and then select Major Gridlines The Format Horizontal Grid Lines dialog box opens 3 On the Major Grid Lines tab select Show Major Grid Lines Horizontal major gridlines are added to the chart WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 275 Formatting Gridlines The following image shows a chart with the horizontal major gridlines highlighted and the right click menu open Delete Set Line Color 28K eS More Grid Lines Options 7 oe i i Ki 1 a B MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest Region E Revenue E Product Cost Procedure How to Display Horizontal Minor Gridlines 1 Create a cha
283. ormat type AHTML These charts will work in both connected and disconnected mode The current AHTML default four JavaScript charts will not be available at run time 4 Flash Uses the default four Adobe Flex charts when output format is FLEX or APDF These are the existing charts that work in both connected and disconnected mode No additional chart types will be available at run time WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 399 Creating an Active Technologies Report 4 Legend check box Select this option to collapse the legend if necessary Clear this option if you do not want the legend to collapse This is for active Flash and active PDF only Legend menu Select the location for the legend This is for active Flash and active PDF only The options are Bottom Left Bottom Center 4 Bottom Right 400 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist Menu Options Tab Use the Menu Options tab to select a user type and select which options to display in the menu The Menu Options tab is shown in the following image fi Active Report Options x oe Menu Options amnesia User Type Power v Colors Advanced V Show Records 7 Filter J Freeze J Calculations V Hide Unhide V Chart V Export V Visualize V Sorting V Rollup 7 Pivot F Comments V Window Type J Restore Original V Send as Email 7 Save Changes V Print V Accordion V
284. ormatting Gridlines 270 Grid Style Select from this drop down menu to edit the style of the gridlines The options are 4 Normal Normal with tick outside 4 Normal with tick inside 4 Tick spanning Line Style Click this icon to open the Line Style dialog box where you can edit the color weight and style of the gridline Grid count Set the number of minor gridlines that will appear between major gridlines Tick Style Select from this drop down menu of tick styles The options are 4 Inside 4 Outside J Spanning 4 Hidden Tick Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can edit the color of the tick WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Use the Color Bands tab to format the color bands on your chart The Color Bands tab is shown in the following image LN Format Horizontal Grid Lines x Major Grid Lines Color Bands Minor Grid Lines E Band 1 Color Bands Color F Frames Transparency or F Band 2 Color E Transparency om A OK Q Cancel amp Apply The Color Bands tab contains the following options Band 1 Select this option to add Band 1 to a chart 4 Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can edit the color of Band 1 4 Transparency Move the slider to make Band 1 opaque 0 or transparent 100 The default is 0 Enter or select the percentage of the transparency of Band 1 4 Band 2 Select this option to add Band 2 to
285. ow to Apply Traffic Light Conditional Styling to a Report By Field on page 151 4 Increase or decrease the amount of space inserted between rows and columns For more information see How to Use Cell Padding in a Report on page 152 Procedure How to Perform Report Level Styling You can style an entire report 1 Create a report 2 On the Home tab in the Report group click Style WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 139 Styling Reports The Report Style dialog box opens E gt Report Style x mee A E view Pre ae ia s 2 OK Cancel aa Apply 3 Select any of the following styling options that are available in the Style group m m m o mi m Font Use the menu to change the font Font size Use the menu to change the numeric value for the font size Font style Click the appropriate button bold italic underline to style the selected text Text alignment Click the appropriate button left center right to align the selected text Font color Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the font color Background color Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the background color for the report Currency symbol Click the appropriate button US dollar British Pound Japanese Yen Euro New Israeli Shekel Style Reset Click the Reset to Quick Styles from Template button to reset all settings to the default settings from t
286. p but by the order they are selected Cascading of slicers is only valid for hierarchies Procedure How to Change the Relationship Operator in a Slicer For alpha fields the available operators are 4 equal to 4 not equal to For numeric and date fields the available operators are equal to not equal to in range not in range less than greater than or equal to a m a m 4 greater than m a 1 less than or equal to 1 With at least one slicer added to the report click the Slicers tab 2 Click the operators button on the slicer for the operation you want to change A list of operators numeric appears in the menu as shown in the following image Note Alpha fields just flip between equal and not equal ayout View Field Product Name Region Prodi wy Product ry Model coo E D PC PC eo Product 442 WebFOCUS 8 Using Slicers 3 Select the operator that you want from the menu You can rest the mouse on an operator to display a tooltip describing the operation Model P jor Prod e 7 M Product n How Slicers Cascade Together Slicers cascade within a hierarchy cube or dimension builder based rather than in the order of user interaction eliminating potential performance issues WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 443 Filtering With Slicers The following image illustrates a dimension builder based hierarchy 444 WebFOCUS 8
287. p Order The General tab contains the following options 4 Show Options group Select this option to display the Options group on the Slicers tab The Options group is shown in the following image 42 New Group Clear Slicers as Update Preview Options Fy The Options group contains the following options Q New Group Adds a new slicers group to the Slicers tab 4 Clear Slicers Clears all selected values from existing slicers 450 WebFOCUS 8 Using Slicers 4 Update Preview Updates the design time canvas with any changes that have been made 4 Auto Update Preview Enables auto updating of the canvas Edit Group Order Select a group then use the up and down arrows to change its position 4 Hide amp Exclude Select a group then select this option to delete the group Record Limit Tab Use the Record Limit tab to show or hide the Record Limit group the Preview control and the Run Time control as shown in the following image You can also use this tab to select the number of preview and run time records that will be shown a Edit Slicers ox Record Limit Record Limit Show Record Limit group Group 1 Preview Show Preview control Run Time ae Show Run Time control Cancel The Record Limit tab contains the following options WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 451 Edit Slicers Dialog Box 4 Show Record Limit group Select this option to display the Record Limi
288. pears in the field to the right of the operator drop down menu Click the Color button The Color dialog box opens Select a color The color appears in the Preview box Click OK Click the Drill Down button The Drill Down dialog box opens In the Drill Down dialog box specify each of the following 4 Drill down to a report or a web page URL of the web page An alternate comment Target New Window Same Window C O O O Parameters that you want to use Name Value Click OK to close the dialog box Click the New button to set traffic light conditions for additional fields Procedure How to Change the Title of a Series 1 2 Create a chart Open the Edit Title dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series on the chart and select Change Title Query Pane Right click a series and select Change Title The Edit Title dialog box opens In the Enter Title field type the new name for the series Click OK to close the dialog box WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 239 Formatting a Series 240 The series has a new title The following image shows a vertical bar chart with a Price series and a Revenue series 120K 100K 80K 60K 40K 20K Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category E Price E Revenue In the following image Annual Revenue has replaced Revenue as the series title 120K 100K 80K
289. porting features to add custom functionality and output formats to reports WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual WebFOCUS Creating and Customizing Reports Topics 4 Creating a Basic Report Styling Reports Changing a Field Format Using Custom Reporting Features UW U WwW wv Creating Customized Report Outputs 135 Creating a Basic Report Creating a Basic Report Procedure How to Create a Report From the BI Portal Tree After you have signed in to the BI Portal you can work with an existing folder or create a new folder in the tree to store your reports 1 Right click the folder that you want to use point to New and then click Report The Select a data source dialog box opens as shown in the following image Select a data source 2 From the Select a data source dialog box select the data source that you want to use and click OK 136 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports 3 The data source that you selected appears in the Data pane of the Resources panel Drag and drop fields onto the canvas or into the Query pane to begin building your report A basic report is shown in the following image Quantity Region Sold Revenue Central 42 26 696 44 MidEast 25 13 596 76 NorthEast 34 9 144 28 NorthWest 43 22 685 62 SouthEast 34 29 932 52 SouthWest 9 2 118 41 West 32 29 704 27 Procedure How to Create a Report From the Application Main Menu 1 In the upper left corner of the I
290. ppears in the report WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports The first image shows a report before Repeat Sort Value is applied Product Quantity Region Category Sold Central Stereo Systems 11 143 Televisions 7 428 Video Players 11 647 Video Production 2 245 MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 Televisions 3 246 Video Players 5 043 Video Production 955 NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 Televisions 5 578 Video Players 9 057 Video Production 1 738 The second image shows the same report with Repeat Sort Value applied Product Quantity Region Category Sold Central Stereo Systems 11 143 Central Televisions 7 428 Central Video Players 11 647 Central Video Production 2 245 MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 MidEast Televisions 3 246 MidEast Video Players 5 043 MidEast Video Production 955 NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 NorthEast Televisions 5 578 NorthEast Video Players 9 057 NorthEast Video Production 1 738 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 169 Creating Customized Report Outputs Procedure How to Recalculate the Result of a Compute Command For more information on the compute command see Calculation Group on page 62 1 2 With a report open in the Query Design pane select a By sort field The Field tab appears on the ribbon You can recalculate the result of a Compute command in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Field tab in the Break group open the Subtotal menu On the menu click Recomputed
291. pplications on page 455 Procedure How to Create a Slicer 1 Click the Slicers tab 2 Create a new slicer by using one of the following methods 4 Click the New Group button to create a new slicer group Select a field from the Data pane and drag it onto the Drag Fields Here to Create Slicers text on the Slicers tab Note You cannot drag and drop parent child hierarchies onto the Slicers tab 438 WebFOCUS 8 Using Slicers The field is added to the new group or 4 Right click a field in the Data pane point to Slicers and then click New Group as shown in the following image TA a amp run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View New Group Clear Slicers R Run Time Y Update Preview pme ai jr Options Record Limit Fy Group 1 P Interactive Design View Drag and drop fields onto the canvas or into the query pane to begin building your report Slicers New Group I Existing Group S Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery Education Education Type The field is added to the new group as shown in the following image IAD ge 1 Run Home rsert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field 4 New Group Preview soo Region 7 cee skers C z Run Time WY Update Preview MUU jal r Options a Record Limit a WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 439 Creating Slicers Procedure How to Add a Field to an Existing Slicer Group 1 Click the Sli
292. put Product Quantity Region Category Sold Revenue MSRP TOTAL Central Stereo Systems 11 143 3 027 276 42 3 182 253 10 6 220 672 52 Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 10 644 911 84 20 783 667 93 Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 4 027 553 53 7 874 778 89 Video Production 2 245 2 166 591 20 2 298 225 94 4 467 062 14 This is a subfooter How to Add Pop Up Titles to a Report On the Format tab in the Features group click Title Popup Clicking Title Popup displays a pop up title when the mouse pointer hovers over any column title in the report as shown in the following image Product Quantity Region _ ae Revenue MSRP TOTAL Centr 3 027 276 42 3 182 253 10 6 220 672 52 Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 10 644 911 84 20 783 667 93 Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 4 027 553 53 7 874 778 89 Video Production 2 245 2 166 591 20 2 298 225 94 4 467 062 14 How to Add Data Visualization Bars to a Report You can add data visualization bars to the report output for a selected numeric data source field 1 With a report open in the Query Design pane select the numeric data source field The Field tab appears on the ribbon 2 Inthe Display group click Data Bars WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 165 Using Custom Reporting Features A data visualization column appears to the right of the selected numeric data source field to display values in each row The column uses horizontal bars that extend from
293. r Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the wall or floor WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 307 Formatting a Frame and a Background Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border of the wall or floor Show Wall Left Wall Select this option to show the left wall Show Wall Right Wall Select this option to show the right wall 4 Show Floor Select this option to show the floor Use the Advanced tab for 3D charts to modify additional properties for 3D frames The Advanced tab for 3D charts is shown in the following image ON Frome amp Baceground a Left Wal Advanced Rant wal Vea Anges Ostom v Isomete Projection 7 Proportions Cube F Automate shading of wals T Automatically Shade Frame Edge 3D Zoom Factor Pan Horgontally Pon Yer tically A OK Scret A amty The Advanced tab contains the following options Viewing Angles Select from a drop down menu of viewing angles for three dimensional charts The options are Standard Group View Series View Distorted Value O O O Isometric Standard 308 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts bu O O O O O O O O O O Distorted Standard Emphasize Group Blast O Vision Thin Wall Isometric Group View Isometric Group View 2 High Backed Upward Distorted Down Tilt Narrow Isometric Isometric view by groups Custom 4 Is
294. r Grid Lines Show Grid Lines Color Bands Grid Style Normal v Frames Line Style ay Ticks Tick Style Hidden v Tick Color B A OK Q Cancel amp Apply 268 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The Major Grid Lines tab contains the following options 4 Show Grid Lines Select this option to display major gridlines on a chart if minor gridlines are the default for the chart 4 Grid Style Select from this drop down menu to edit the style of the gridlines such as adding a tick on the inside or the outside of the line 4 Line Style Click this icon to open the Line Style dialog box where you can edit the color weight and style of the gridline 4 Tick Style Select from this drop down menu of tick styles Inside Outside Spanning Hidden 4 Tick Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can edit the color of the tick Use the Minor Grid Lines tab to format the minor gridlines on your chart The Minor Grid Lines tab is shown in the following image 3 Format Vertical Grid Lines x ea eines Minor Grid Lines Minor Grid Lines F Show Grid Lines Color Bands Grid Style Normal Frames Line Style ay Grid count 1 Ticks Tick Style Hidden Tick Color F AS OK Cancel Apply The Minor Grid Lines tab contains the following options 4 Show Grid Lines Select this option to display minor gridlines on a chart By default this option is enabled WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 269 F
295. r charts in Live Preview Using Right Click Field Options in the Query Design Pane In the Query design pane you can right click any field and select from a list of available options that are displayed in the menu that appears The options that you can select vary depending on the type of Query field container in which the field is located and the type of chart that you are creating When you create a chart the Query field containers in the Query Design pane include Measure Sum X Axis Legend Series Multi graph and Coordinated for documents only Right clicking a Measure Sum field in a chart displays the Filter Values Sort Visibility Change Title More and Delete options You can point to More to access the Aggregation Functions Traffic Light Conditions and Missing options WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 207 Formatting a Series Right clicking an X Axis or Legend Series field in a chart displays the Filter Values Sort Visibility Change Title More and Delete options You can point to More to access the Missing option Right clicking a Coordinated field or a Multi graph field in a chart displays only the Delete option For more information see Using Right Click Field Options in the Query Design Pane on page 108 Formatting a Series A series is a data source field measure field that is included in a chart You can format a series in a variety of ways For example you can change the color of a seri
296. r more information about Document view see Accessing Document View on page 356 Note This is not available in InfoAssist Basic The design options are 4 Data from Source Uses the selected data source to display a live preview of the output in the Results panel 1 Use Sample Data Displays sample data which reduces processing time by eliminating the need to access the actual data source 4 Records Limits the number of rows retrieved from the data source when Live Preview is selected This feature is useful in reducing response time if you are working with a large amount of data Type the number of rows that you want directly in the Records field or use the drop down menu to select one of the preset record limits The preset choices are All rows 1 10 50 100 500 1000 2000 5000 and 10000 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 41 Home Tab Note In Live Preview an exclamation point is placed next to fields that are too large to be displayed within the space allotted The allotted space is determined by the page level styling Page level styling includes page size orientation margins and font size There is no way to define a limit for the number of characters that will fit on a page This limit varies by the selected page and font styling The bigger the page size and smaller the font the more characters that can fit Filter Group The Filter group contains commands for creating filters It is shown in the following ima
297. rd prompt that you want to configure and click Properties The active dashboard properties dialog box opens 3 Click Cascades WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist By default a cascade named Cascadei appears in the Cascades section of the active dashboard Properties dialog box I You can click the Create a new cascade Ht button to create a new cascade I You can click the Delete selected cascade x button to delete the selected cascade The following image shows that the Region field is associated with the radio button prompt and the State Code field is associated with the check box in the Available Prompts list 4 Active Dashboard Properties KS Prompt Source amp Targets Cascades Cascades X Available Prompts Selected Prompts v Name el Region State Code r Cancel 4 Select the cascade to which you want to add prompts 5 From the Available Prompts list box select the prompt that you want to add WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 431 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard 432 6 Click the Add to List arrow to move the selected prompt to the Selected Prompts list box as shown in the following image X Active Dashboard Properties Prompt Source amp Targets Cascades Note You can remove prompts from the Selected Prompts list box by selecting them and clicking the Remove from List arrow
298. re detailed instructions on inserting multiple data sources see Data Tab on page 62 iA 2 T SORN Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field Detail Suran Define Cone Calculation FE Switch Data Source A Document Be ara el Sl A Product Quantity Catego Sold Stereo Systems 132 Televisions 71 Video Players Video Production 23 3 Switch to a data source different than the one used in step 1 362 WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents For more detailed instructions on switching to a different data source see Data Tab on page 62 P g S Run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field be F oF Join bi ec iss 3 Switch Join 4 Insert a chart or report using this new data source following the instructions given in Inserting a New Report on page 363 Your document is now populated with reports that have data from different data sources You can add as many data sources as you need Inserting a New Report With InfoAssist opened in Document view you can insert multiple charts and reports onto the canvas The procedures in the following sections detail how to insert reports into documents In Document view you can insert a report in the following ways WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 363 Building a Document Procedure Procedure 364 Use the Insert tab Double click a data source field m 4 4 Right click a data source fi
299. report options including menu options based on user role through the active report options dialog box You access the dialog box on the Format tab in the Features group by clicking the active report options button The button is available when active report active Flash or active PDF is selected as the output type The active report options dialog box contains the following tabs 4 General 4 Menu Options 4 Colors 4 Advanced WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 397 Creating an Active Technologies Report General Tab Use the General tab to set common properties specific to active reports The General tab is shown in the following image fi Active Report Options x Menu Options Colors z Window Cascade Advanced Freeze Columns None Page Options M Records Per Page 57 4 Page Information V Display Page Information Alignment il Location Top Row 4 Chart Options Chart Engine Legacy Legend Collapsible Bottom Left v A OK Q Cancel _ amp Apply The General tab contains the following options Display This area contains options to set the window to cascade or tabs and options to freeze columns 4 Window Select the window setting The options are Cascade and Tabs 4 Freeze Columns Select the columns you would like to freeze You can also select None 398 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist Page Options This area
300. respectively Lum Indicates the luminosity lightness or darkness of your selected color You can enter a value or increase or decrease the luminosity value by using the up and down arrows respectively Red Represents the numeric value of red O to 255 Green Represents the numeric value of green O to 255 Blue Represents the numeric value of blue O to 255 Selected Color Displays the color that you selected Transparent Makes the color transparent In this section Reports Group Objects Group Active Technologies Dashboard Prompts Group The Insert tab contains options to add reports charts existing reports text images and active form controls for active report active PDF and active Flash outputs only to a canvas in Document view It is shown in the following image Report Chart Existing Text Drop List Report Box Down Reports Objects Active Dashboard Prompts aa aE Ia Oe Image Checkbox Radio Text WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 47 Insert Tab The Insert tab is only available in Document view It is not available in Query Design view or in Live Preview as shown in the following image Eee Format Data Slicers Layout View Reports Group The Reports Group contains commands to insert reports charts and existing reports into your document You can add multiple reports and charts to a single canvas with these buttons The Reports group is shown in the following image ad a Report Chart E
301. rocedure Howto Apply Traffic Light Conditions With Drill Down to a Numeric Measure Field By Constant 1 2 Create a chart Open the Traffic Light Condition dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon In the Query pane select a field and then on the Field tab in the Display group Click Traffic Lights 4 Right Click Menu Right click a series on the chart point to More and then select Traffic Light Conditions The Traffic Light Condition dialog box opens For more information see Traffic Light Condition Dialog Box on page 211 From the Relational Operators drop down menu below the field name select a relational operator The options are Equal to Not equal to Greater than Less than Greater than or equal to Cu O O ke O Less than or equal to In the field to the right of the operator drop down menu click the down arrow for the Type drop down menu The Type dialog box opens In the Type dialog box select Constant Enter a value in the Value field or a From the Get Values drop down menu select one of the following values All First Last Minimum Maximum From File The value that you select appears in the Get Values field b Select the value in the Get Values field The value that you selected appears in the Value field Click OK The value that you selected appears in the field to the right of the operator drop down menu WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 235 Formatting a Series
302. rom the selected field Minimum Retrieves the minimum value from the selected field Uw O O Maximum Retrieves the maximum value from the selected field 70 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 From File Retrieves a value that you specify Selecting this option opens a browse dialog box Note The Get Values drop down menu is only accessible if you have already selected a field After selecting the values that you want you can move them into and out of the Multiple Values area with the left and right arrows You can also change the value order and delete values with the up and down arrows and the Delete icon After creating a condition you can insert additional conditions before and after the selected condition by using the Insert Before and Insert After buttons at the top of the Advanced Filter dialog box You can use either the And or the Or conjunction to link conditions and the Group and Ungroup buttons to nest and organize conditions You can create additional filters by clicking the New Filter button at the top of the Advanced Filter dialog box Create a filtering condition Product Category Equal to Televisions OK Cancel After creating the filters that you want click OK to save and apply the filters You can access them from the Filter pane of the Resources panel WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 71 Data Tab Display Group The Display group contains the Missing Data menu which c
303. roup 89 sorting fields 229 special charts 197 spectral map charts 197 stacked measures in reports 178 status bar 31 133 stock chart types 197 stock charts 196 Structured view 80 Style dialog box 252 Style group 91 subheadings and subfootings in reports 164 subtotals in reports 160 Summary Field COMPUTE dialog box 63 T ticks setting 280 482 Traffic Light Condition dialog box 211 traffic light conditional styling by constant in reports 149 traffic light conditional styling by field in reports 151 traffic light conditions applying with drill down to numeric measure field by constant 235 applying with drill down to numeric measure field by field 238 trendlines adding 219 U user preferences changing 25 environment and styling 27 format 27 layout 26 start up options 26 view 27 V vertical box plots charts 197 View tab 78 79 81 83 84 Data Panel group 79 Output Window group 83 Query Panel group 81 Report group 84 Show Hide group 78 visualization bars in reports 165 X XY plot chart types 194 XY plot charts 191 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Reader Comments In an ongoing effort to produce effective documentation the Documentation Services staff at Information Builders welcomes any opinion you can offer regarding this manual Please use this form to relay suggestions for improving this publication or to alert us to corrections dentify specific pages where applicable You can contact us
304. rovides options to style your report E Report Style Trebuchet MS v 9 v Bi vu E22 Bba o Preview Trebuchet MS 9 A OK amp Cancel Apply The Report dialog box options are Font Use the drop down menu to change the font 4 Font size Use the drop down menu to change the numeric value for the font size 4 Font style Click the appropriate button bold italic underline to style the selected text 4 Text alignment Click the appropriate button left center right to align the selected text Font color Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the font color For more information see Color Dialog Box on page 46 Background Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the background color for the report Font color Click the button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the font color WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 45 Home Tab Currency symbol Click the button to access the following currency symbols US dollar British Pound Japanese Yen Euro New Israeli Shekel Note The New Israeli Shekel currency symbol can be displayed with the following settings only 4 Server codepage 1255 65001 424 or 65002 4 Client codepage 1255 or 65001 4 Application server encoding Cp1255 or UTF8 4 Font name Lucida Sans Unicode or Arial Unicode MS Reset to template style Click the button to reset all settings to the
305. rt 2 Access the option to show gridlines in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu On the Grid drop down menu point to Horizontal Gridlines and then select Minor Gridlines 4 Right Click Menu Right click the chart and select More Grid Line Options The Format Horizontal Grid Lines dialog box opens On the Minor Grid Lines tab select Show Minor Grid Lines Horizontal minor gridlines are added to the chart 276 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows a chart with the horizontal minor gridlines highlighted 32k a m RE 24k 20k 12k Bk 4k Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Revenue E Product Cost Procedure How to Display Vertical Major Gridlines 1 Create a chart 2 Access the option to show gridlines in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Features group open the Grid drop down menu On the Grid drop down menu point to Vertical Gridlines and then select Major Gridlines 4 Right Click Menu Right click the chart and select More Grid Line Options The Format Vertical Grid Lines dialog box opens On the Major Grid Lines tab select Show Major Grid Lines Vertical major gridlines are added to the chart WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 277 Formatting Gridlines The following image shows a chart with the vertical major gridlines hi
306. rt is essentially a pie chart displaying only one group of data at a time from the first series to the last series at the top of the pyramid Spectral Map A spectral map contains a row or column matrix of markers that are displayed in different colors according to the data values WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 197 Selecting a Chart Combination Charts 198 A combination chart displays multiple series using two or more different types of data graphics from a bar line or an area chart Combining these charts improves clarity in the presentation of your data and highlights the relationship between various data sets on one graph This combination chart is referred to as a mixed composite or overlay graph When to use For example a retailer might want to combine a vertical bar chart that shows revenue with a line chart that shows quantity sold 140 1201 120 100k 100 80K 80 60 a 60k 40k 20k Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category lt Quantity Sold Revenue WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Creating a Chart On the Format tab the Chart Types group shown in the following image provides buttons for each of the five most commonly used chart types bar default pie line area and scatter A button labeled Other gives you access to the complete chart library of advanced charts Note For more information on how to invoke
307. rt to be no wider than the largest value in each column Autofit Column is selected by default WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 77 View Tab View Tab The View tab provides access to report design viewing options in the Design Show Hide Data Panel Query Panel Output Window and Report groups It is shown in the following image Design Group For more information please see Design Group on page 41 Show Hide Group The Show Hide group contains the Resources Ruler and Grid commands for choosing different viewing options while working with reports and output It is shown in the following image r gt wI r gler Grid Resources Pelationshins Show Hide The default view in InfoAssist shows both the Resources panel and the Results panel at the same time 78 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Resources Minimizes the Resources panel and expands the size of the Results panel to also occupy the area where the Resources panel typically appears The Results panel can display a preview of a report output of a report or the Query Design pane Ruler Displays a ruler above the canvas and to the left of the canvas for a document 4 Grid Displays a grid as a visual aid for aligning objects in a document 4 Relationships Document only Shows the relative positioning relationship among objects Data Panel Group The Data Panel group contains commands to display data source fields in the D
308. s You can customize data labels in a variety of ways to make them stand out more clearly on the chart For example you can change the position angle color or size of data labels 242 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Associated Dialog Boxes Whether you access data label options from the ribbon or the right click menu you are presented with a dialog box of options The following dialog boxes are commonly used for formatting data labels I Format Labels 4 Style 4 Line Style For instructions on how to open these dialog boxes see the procedures in Using Data Labels Properties on page 254 Format Labels Dialog Box The Format Labels dialog box contains options for editing data labels Bar line and area charts share the same tabs The Format Labels dialog box contains the following tabs 4 General Options options vary by chart type I Advanced options vary by chart type WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 243 Formatting Data Labels Use the General Options tab to add data labels to a chart and set their position angle and radius The General Options tab is shown in the following image Ne o0 0 gepaai Options General Options Advanced E Show Data Labels Position Above v Angle 90 Radius 10 Format Labels General v Custom Format t t Style Labels E z OK Q Cancel Apply The General Options contains the following options 3 Show Data Labels Select this option to show da
309. s describe how to insert new charts For more information on how to edit existing charts see How to Style and Customize a Chart on page 384 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 367 Building a Document Procedure Procedure 368 How to Insert a Chart With the Insert Tab The Insert tab is only available to insert charts in Document view For more information on the Insert tab see nsert Tab on page 47 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the nsert tab 2 Inthe Reports group click Chart A chart placeholder appears in the upper left corner of the canvas You can now add fields to the chart using the canvas and the Resources panel For more information on how to use the Resources panel to add additional fields to the report see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 How to Insert a Chart With Drag and Drop You can insert a chart by dragging data source fields from the Resources panel and dropping them onto the canvas in Document view To insert a chart make sure that Chart is selected on the Format tab in the Destination group This option is also on the Home tab in the Format group 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the Format tab 2 Inthe Destination group click Chart Note You can also click Chart on the Home tab in the Format group 3 Select a data source field from the Data pane in the Resources panel and drag it onto the canvas Make sure that you drop the data source field o
310. s set in the Design group on the Home tab For more information see Design Group on page 41 4 SQL Trace Returns the SQL commands for the request WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 35 Ribbon Ribbon 36 4 SQL Preview Trace Returns the SQL commands for the Live Preview run The ribbon is a rectangular area of distinct groups of buttons that spans the top of the InfoAssist application window The ribbon with the Home tab selected is shown in the following image TM B e T S Orn Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field Di F chart E B Report E Fie gey HTML Format Design The ribbon is made up of nine tabs Each tab contains a subset of InfoAssist functionality organized in logically related groups of controls and commands graphically represented by distinctive icons The tabs are Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field bob O COC O ODODO Series when creating a chart The Home tab is selected by default when you first open InfoAssist When you select a tab the tab opens a particular view of the ribbon by exposing groups of controls and commands related to the task that you are performing WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface The ribbon contains two types of arrow based buttons The first type of button opens a menu when you click it The Orientation button on the Layout tab in the Page Setup group is an example of this type of button Clicking the
311. s to the default settings from the template Note Reset only works while the Style dialog box is open Once you click OK all changes are committed To undo global styling after it has been committed you must use the Undo command on the Quick Access Toolbar WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Line Style Dialog Box The Line Style dialog box contains options to style lines on a chart The Line Style dialog box is shown in the following image lua m Line Style ox BA color Weight ______style JS OK Reset Q cancel The Line Style dialog box contains the following options 4 Color Click this button to open the Color dialog box where you can select the color for the line 4 Weight Click this button to open a drop down menu of line weight options 4 Style Click this button to open a drop down menu of line style options 4 Reset Click this button to reset the line to the default options Data Labels Elements Right Click Menu When you right click a data label on a bar line or area chart a menu of the following options opens Data Labels Point to this option to toggle between Show and Hide More Label Options Click this option to open the Format Labels dialog box The right click menu contains options that are available on the Series tab When you right click a data label on a pie chart a menu of the following options opens 4 Smart Positioning Select this option to use smart posit
312. secede biee eea hawt a eaa sdcet ds Cia ea EaR Ea niae 61 Data MaDe e a a a a a a 62 Calculation GrOUD sern carn a E O aE E eE a aE EE ONAE 62 JOM GROUP roren e EE a ea a E 64 Filter GOUD ss csidenscnsdccncatenes seas adwac Ea EE E R 67 Display Gr Upz ri ii aa aa a a E ER E EE EE 72 Data SOUrCE GlOUP isror ie testeraedeetackentde eegune solos a a eteedenndsceteeters 72 SIICONS TAD sensed stwiecevcs iuscdesey A A E E E el bedat sndenteSoansiee aecebese ses 74 OPUS GrOUD renskinn aaa aa ae e Ee ea a ee A e eeraa aai 74 Record Limit Gr sse perra oinnes aeduehdencecousndieneachaeweduns umonomenyoeugued onowonebaer 74 4 WebFOCUS Contents Group Number GrOUP cc ccccucessscceccesuscuceecsssaveucuseucdsvndsucencusedevscssvansusteuareivusstecsenseans 75 LOVOUL KE e EAEE E E S E E A E A E E 76 Page Setup GrOUPvccstivs cdccvecoesadbeceveue ened hiitevsies cotcanseedinn ct ca Soles a Eataa E AiE TE aE 76 SIZE amp Arrange Group sas cincdeccd selene nadastia aa aaa a aa e encasvecs nap Eaa aaa EAE EAA A Ea SEEE DEE TT Report GhoOUD sirane a E a aa EE Ea nub aE Aaa aa aa O aaa AN EEG 77 WIEW Tal EAE EE E E E E T AES 78 D sign GrOWP i ckcvesevcoesteevegcardes a irei eini iaee eea ER sagdeaudadsvaydesdesetsauesedeedans 78 SMOW Hide GOUD eiri aeii eriei enr aeaee ae arae a a E e ee 78 Data Panel GroUP s irienner E aa Ee R Ta E E 79 Query Panel GroUD creeer a E a A R E O E 81 Output Window GYOUD cccccceseeeeecesteeseceseaececestansesese
313. sert a new report by a right click if a report is actively selected If a report is selected click the canvas to deselect the report and make the canvas the active object 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the Format tab 2 Inthe Destination group click Report Note You can also click Chart on the Home tab in the Format group 3 Right click a data source field in the Data panel A menu opens 4 Select from the following menu options WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents Sum Sort Across Filter m a m 4 Include as Coordinated m 4 Slicers A report with the selected data source appears in the Results panel Inserting a New Chart With InfoAssist opened in Document view you can bring multiple charts and reports onto the canvas The procedures in the following sections describe how to insert charts into documents In Document view you can insert a chart in the following ways 3 Use the Insert tab 4 Double click a data source field 4 Right click a data source field 4 Drag and drop a data source field from the Resources panel onto the canvas Note When you use the Insert tab double click a data source field or right click a data source field a chart placeholder is inserted in the upper left visible portion of the canvas Dragging and dropping a data source field onto the canvas inserts the place holder at the location you dropped it The following procedure
314. shes 8 Click the Color button to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the reference line and the text 9 Click the Weight button to select the weight of the reference line The options are 4 1px Light default 4 2px Medium 4 3px Heavy 10 Click OK to save the options that you have selected and close the Reference Line dialog box The reference line is added to the chart WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 351 Using Additional Formatting Features The following image shows a bar chart with a Y axis reference line The reference line was added by typing 120 in the Value field and Top Selling Product in the Text field The reference line uses the default Above Center setting for position It is formatted as a red dotted line of medium weight 140 Top Selling Product 120 100 80 Quantity Sold Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category Procedure How to Display Annotations Annotations are explanatory notes or comments You can add up to eight annotations on a chart 1 Create a chart 2 On the Format tab in the Features group click Annotate 3 In the drop down menu that opens click Add an annotation 352 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The Annotation dialog box opens as shown in the following image jig Annotation 1 olx ma OK Reset Cancel Position Ready In the text input field
315. sional sources 4 Output report and chart data in a variety of formats including HTML HTML5 charts only active reports active Flash PDF active PDF Excel and PowerPoint InfoAssist is a Rich Internet Application RIA that uses AJAX Asynchronous JavaScript and XML technology It delivers its cutting edge functionality using a familiar Microsoft Windows ribbon interface This highly intuitive environment shields users from the underlying technical complexities associated with ad hoc reporting features while providing access to all the functionality needed to address mission critical information requirements This powerful ad hoc reporting tool enables rapid and efficient design and deployment of reports and charts It uses an interactive and fully customizable WYSIWYG What You See Is What You Get development environment Users receive instant feedback throughout the development process to ensure that reports and charts are properly built Personal InfoAssist 16 Personal InfoAssist is available outside the BI Portal Managed Reporting environment Any application can call and open Personal InfoAssist This feature enables you to integrate InfoAssist into your own self service applications With Personal InfoAssist you can browse for saved reports procedures on your local desktop You can also save reports to the local desktop and restore them from the desktop You execute reports only within InfoAssist There is no fac
316. sist Interface 4 Recent Items Displays recent reports charts dashboards and documents and those items that have been pinned to the menu The Recent Items area of the InfoAssist Application main menu is shown in the following image Options X Exit Pinned reports charts dashboards and documents are represented by a blue pin icon Pinned items appear at the top of the list in alphabetical order Recent reports charts dashboards and documents are represented by a sideways blue pin icon Recent items appear below the separator bar in the order in which they were created with the most recently created item at the top You can pin important reports charts dashboards and documents to the top of the Recent Reports section of the Application main menu for quick and easy access To promote a recent report to pinned report click the sideways blue pin icon The icon turns upright and the report is moved to the pinned report area of the Recent Items window where it stays until it is unpinned To demote a pinned report click the blue pin icon The icon turns sideways and the report is moved below the separator bar WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 33 Application Main Menu Reports also have a context menu that you can access by right clicking a report in the Recent Items section of the Application main menu The menu is shown in the following image Pinto list XK Remove from list Clear unpinned list
317. ssist Interface The Data pane which contains all the fields from the selected data sources is always displayed You can manually adjust the size of the Resources panel and Results panel by clicking and dragging the border between the two panels in either direction Move the mouse pointer over the border When the pointer changes to a two way arrow click and drag the border Reference Field Image List In the Resources panel each field has an image associated with it The following table displays each image and describes what it represents en o e S E e e M cee B e E C C C WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 101 Understanding the Resources Panel e 102 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Reference Filter Area of the Query Design Pane The Filter area of the Query Design pane displays all filters that have been created for the selected report The Filter area is shown in the following image Wr _RETAIL Dimensions Geography Region State Code S Product Product Category Time Sales Year Sales F Region Equal to NorthEast or Southe For more information on simple filters see Field Tab on page 85 For more information on advanced filters see Data Tab on page 62 Note The Filter area displays all created filters both active included and inactive excluded WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 103 Understanding the Resources P
318. st button 3 a Insert preformatted text content for headers footers on the right of the styling ribbon and click Confidential in the list Change the font and font size For example change the font to HELVETICA and the size to 10 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports You can add your own text before or after the supplied text for example For Regional Managers Only EsHeader amp Footer F Report Header age Header E Page Footer 3 revenc yo Confidential For Regional Managers Only S Cancel 4 Apply 10 Click OK to save the report heading and page heading and close the Header amp Footer dialog box The report heading and page heading that you added and styled are shown in Live Preview in the following image WY Interactive Design View Quantity Sold by Product Confidential For Regional Managers Only Catego Sold Stereo Systems 132 Televisions 71 Video Players 108 Video Production 23 IL To make changes to either the report or page heading right click the heading and click Edit in the menu WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 147 Styling Reports Procedure How to Style Headings and Footing in a Report You can style headings and footings in the report output for the selected heading or footing field 1 Create a report 2 With the report opened in Live Preview select the heading or footing text that you want to style On the Home tab in the Report group click H
319. stom Format Enter a standard number format pattern for the data label This option is only available when you select the Use Pattern option from the Format Labels drop down menu 4 Style Labels Click this icon to open the Style dialog box where you can style text For more information see Style Dialog Box on page 252 Use the Advanced tab to modify additional data labels properties The Advanced tab is shown in the following image Nj Format Labels x General Options Advanced Advanced V Show Zero Labels F Remove duplicate data labels Negative Data labels F Apply color to negative data labels Color E A OK Q Cancel Apply The Advanced tab contains the following options 4 Show Zero Labels Select this option to display zero values in a chart Clear this option to display all data values except zero 1 Remove duplicate data labels Select this option to remove the display of multiple data labels that share the same value so that only one value is shown 4 Apply color to negative data labels Select this option to style negative data labels separately from positive data labels WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the negative number There are some options in the General Options tab that are specific to stack charts The General Options tab for a stack chart is shown in the following image Format La
320. t In order to create the image file you need to execute the procedure When the File menu is selected or if you click Select a location and format from the drop down menu you are able to name the file and select the output type The available output types are PNG GIF SVG and JPEG Once the File menu is selected output type selection is unavailable If you do want to disable the File menu click the File menu again WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Note The File menu is not available in InfoAssist Basic Design Group The Design group contains commands to select the design mode for creating reports and design preview options for accessing data The Design group is shown in the following image a Es Data from Source ya Ch E use Sample Data Live Document Records so fv Preview Design The design preview options are 4 Query Design view Displays the Query Design pane in the Results panel The Query Design pane provides a large work area for creating the report 4 Live Preview Design view Displays the report in the Results panel as you create the report You can use the Live Preview to add remove and arrange fields as well as style the report Note This is not available in InfoAssist Basic 4 Document Design view Opens the document on the Layout canvas in the Results panel You use the Layout canvas to add text images lines reports and charts to create dashboards and documents Fo
321. t point to Rotate and then select the degree to which you want to rotate the axis labels The axis labels are rotated 294 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The following image shows a chart with the axis labels rotated 45 degrees Quantity Sold ES we we Region Procedure How to Format Axis Labels 1 Create a chart with an axis label 2 Access the list of axis label options in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Labels group open the Axes drop down menu point to the axis that you are working with and select More Axis Options to open the Format Axis dialog box Open the Labels tab and from the Labels option drop down menu select the formatting option that you want Right Click Menu Right click an axis label point to Format Labels and select the formatting option that you want The axis labels are formatted accordingly WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 295 Formatting Axis Labels The following image shows a chart with the axis labels styled in red bold Arial font 35K 30K 25K 20K 15K 10K 5K Central MidEast NorthEast NorthWest SouthEast SouthWest West Region E Cost E Revenue Procedure How to Manually Set the Scale of an Axis 296 1 2 Create a chart Open the Format Axis dialog box in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Labels group open the Axes drop down menu point t
322. t Tool contains a list of columns available in the active report to add to Group By Across and Measure fields Click and drag the columns into the field that you want Show Records Opens the Show Records menu option to list the number of records available for display per page in the report Select a number for example 10 to display per page Default displays the number of records lines per page that is specified in the WebFOCUS report procedure Comments Options to display comments under cells or hide indicators for comments in the active report output Send as E mail Sends report as email Note To use this feature you must have ActiveX enabled in your browser security settings This feature is only supported in Internet Explorer Save Changes Saves changes Note To use this feature you must have ActiveX enabled in your browser security settings This feature is only supported in Internet Explorer Export Exports all records or filtered only records to HTML CSV XML Note To use this feature you must have ActiveX enabled in your browser security settings Prints all records or filtered only records Displays reports in a cascade or separate tabs Restore Original Restores the active report to its default state specified in the report procedure 396 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist Configuring Active Technologies Report Options You can configure active
323. t group on the Slicers tab The Record Limit group is shown in the following image mvn SIC Run Time fal fe Record Limit E The Record Limit group contains the following menus 4 Preview Use this menu to control how many records are displayed in the design time preview 4 Run Time Use this menu to control how many records are displayed at run time 4 Show Preview control Select this option to display the Preview menu in the Show Record Limit group on the Slicers tab You can set the default number of records to be shown at design time with the Records menu in the Preview section 4 Show Run Time control Select this option to display the Run Time menu in the Show Record Limit group on the Slicers tab You can set the default number of records to be shown at run time with the Records menu in the Run Time section 452 WebFOCUS 8 Using Slicers Group Tab Use the Group tab shown in the following image to change the name of the group change the order of the slicers in the group and set a required option for slicers Selecting a slicer and clicking the Remove from List button deletes the slicer a Edit Slicers ox Gace Group Properties inas eet Slicers Edit Slicer Order v X The Group tab contains the following options 1 Group Name Use this field to enter or edit the name of a Slicer group 4 Edit Slicer Order Select a slicer then use the up and down arrows to change its position 1 Required Selec
324. t on page 164 Pop up Titles Adds pop up titles to report output when the mouse pointer hovers over a column title For more information see How to Add Pop Up Titles to a Report on page 165 Data Bars Adds data visualization bars to numeric data For more information see How to Add Data Visualization Bars to a Report on page 165 Aggregation Displays numeric measure data using aggregation options other than the default of Sum For more information see How to Display Measure Data Using Aggregation Options in a Report on page 166 Repeat Sort Values Displays all repeated sort values instead of blanks after the first instance of a new sort value appears in the report The default behavior is to display blanks after the first instance of a new sort value For more information see How to Display Repeated Sort Values in a Report on page 168 Recompute Recalculates the result of a Compute command Recompute is similar to Subtotal in that it recalculates only at the specified sort break For more information see How to Recalculate the Result of a Compute Command on page 170 How to Rank Fields in a Report You can add rank columns to the By and Measure fields in a report by clicking the Rank button You access the Rank button on the Field tab in the Sort group 4 Adding a rank column to a By field inserts a rank column immediately to the left of the field 4 Adding a rank column to a Measure field creates a copy of the column as a B
325. t this option to set a slicer to be required A slicer that is set to required must have a value selected before the report can run A required slicer is indicated by an asterisk as shown in the following image 7 New Group Preview Clear Slicers Run Time WY Update Preview Options Fy Record Limit Fy WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 453 Edit Slicers Dialog Box 454 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Building InfoMini Applications InfoMini applications are built from an InfoAssist report and contain a subset of InfoAssist functionality available at run 4 Understanding InfoMini Applications time Topics lt J Creating an InfoMini Application You can build an InfoMini application and provide the run time user with the option to interact with and edit the report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 455 Understanding InfoMini Applications Understanding InfoMini Applications In this section Using the InfoMini Button When you create a report in InfoAssist you have the option to activate InfoMini You can run a report with InfoMini activated which creates an InfoMini application An InfoMini application contains a subset of the functionality available in a full InfoAssist report You can limit or expand the functionality that is available to the user at run time when you build the report in InfoAssist An InfoMini application opens in its own browser window when it is run from within InfoAssist to test An InfoM
326. ta labels on a chart Clear this option to suppress data labels 4 Position Select an option from this drop down menu to determine where the data label will be positioned The options are Custom 0 O Above On top edge Below top edge Center 0 O O wv Base m Center back 244 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Angle Set the angle of the data label When the position is set to Custom you can define the angle properties to create a custom position for the data label lt J Radius Set the radius of the data label When the position is set to Custom you can define the radius properties to create a custom position for the data label 4 Format Labels Select from this drop down menu of preset formats that can be applied to the labels The options are Use Pattern 100 Use Pattern General No Decimal Percent with no decimal Percent with one decimal Percent with two decimals Currency general Currency with no decimal General in thousands Currency in thousands Currency in millions General in billions General in trillions Currency in trillions Thousands separator no decimal Thousands separator two decimals Date short Date medium Date long Date full C C O O O O O O O O O O O O O DO O DOl ODODO I Percent with no decimal 100 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 245 Formatting Data Labels 246 4 Percent with one decimal 100 I Percent with two decimals 100 Cu
327. tainer Double Click To automatically add a field to the appropriate field container in the Query Design pane you can double click a data source field in the Data pane When you double click a numeric measure field in the Data pane it is automatically added to the Sum Measure Query field container 1 When you double click a dimension non numeric or date field in the Data pane it is added to the By Row Label Query field container for a report or to the X axis Query field container for a chart You cannot automatically add a field to the Across Column Label Query field container for a report or to the Legend Series and Multi graph Query field containers for a chart Right Click You can right click a field in the Data pane to add it to the Filter area or a Query field container in the Query Design pane For reports the available right click options are as follows Sum For measure numeric fields 4 Sort For all types of fields 4 Across For dimension non numeric or date fields 4 Include as Coordinated Only available in Document view WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface m m Filter For all types of fields Slicers For all types of fields For charts the available right click options are as follows m m m m m m Sum For measure numeric fields Include as Category Axis For dimension non numeric or date fields Include as Legends Series For dimension non num
328. tains the Axes and Legend buttons drop down menus It is shown in the following image CETE Axes Legend Labels WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 61 Data Tab 4 Axes Opens a drop down menu where you can enable stagger and rotate horizontal and vertical axis labels You can also edit the axis labels by clicking More Horizontal Axis Options or More Vertical Axis Options For more information see Formatting Axis Labels on page 284 Note The Axes option to change data labels position is not available in InfoAssist Basic 4 Legend Opens a drop down menu where you can select the Show Legend option to display the legend on the chart or clear your selection to hide the legend change the default legend position and change the default legend orientation For more information see Format Legend Dialog Box on page 256 Data Tab The Data tab contains data manipulation and data display options in the Calculation Join Filter Display and Data Source groups It is shown in the following image Calculation Group The Calculation group contains the Detail Define and Summary Compute commands to define Define and Compute fields respectively It is shown in the following image Define Compute Calculation 62 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface DEFINE fields and COMPUTE fields are two different types of temporary fields A temporary field is a field whose value is not stored in the data sourc
329. tems 7 431 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 423 Creating an Active Technologies Dashboard In this example the region report has been filtered by the NorthEast region and the gender report has been filtered by Female A MidEast Female SouthEast l 4 of 12 records Page 1 of 1 12 of 24 records Page 1 of 1 Product Quantity Product Region Y Category v V Gender Y Age Group Y NorthEast Stereo Systems E Stereo Systems Female Teen Televisions 5 578 Thirties Video Players 9 057 Young Adult Video Production 1 738 Televisions Female Teen Thirties Young Adult Video Players Female Teen Thirties Young Adult Video Production Female Teen Thirties Young Adult Procedure How to Change the Field You can change the field to which the active prompt is bound 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view bind an active prompt to a field as described in Using Multiple Reports as Targets and Sources on page 411 2 Right click the active dashboard prompt that you want to configure and click Properties The active dashboard properties dialog box opens 424 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist 3 From the Field menu select a different field as shown in the following image 7 X Active Dashboard Properties s h Prompt Source amp Targets y Cascades Product Category Hor A warning message alerts you t
330. tereo Systems 8 735 2 381 435 14 Televisions 5 578 7 452 259 19 Video Players 9 057 2 980 605 73 Video Production 1 738 1 723 425 57 160 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports If you select Line Break a new divider line is inserted in the report output every time the value of the primary sort field changes as shown in the following image Product Quantity Sold Revenue 6 10 341 19 Video Production 1 269 10 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 161 Using Custom Reporting Features Clicking Subtotal turns Subtotal on for all fields as a RECOMPUTE and inserts a line of descriptive text Subtotal FIELD Value Clicking the down arrow launches a menu of options From this menu you can choose between simple and recompute Selecting More Options opens a dialog box from which you can choose which fields to subtotal as well as what type of aggregation to do for those fields You can also change the Subtotal text Product Quantity Region Category Sold Revenue Central Stereo Systems 11 143 3 027 276 42 Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 Video Production 2 245 2 166 591 20 Subtotal Central 32 463 19 160 774 07 MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 1 254 014 44 Televisions 3 246 4 256 202 11 Video Players 5 043 1 653 244 82 Video Production 955 896 178 80 NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 2 381 435 14 Televisions 5 578 7 452 259 19 Video Players 9 057 2 980 605 73 Video Production 1 738 1 723 425 5
331. the current configuration and that the procedure will be converted to HTML output 4 When opening an existing procedure with PDF or GIF a warning message opens stating that the request is not allowed with the current configuration and that the procedure will be converted to PDF output When you run a report the output is created in the format that is currently selected You can also set output format options from the output format button in the status bar WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 53 Format Tab uv o mal T iK F Report The following image shows the Output Types group with all output formats for charts enabled Active PDF Flash Destination Group Output Types seca A Report The Destination group contains commands to create a report or a chart change a chart to an image file and create an InfoMini application as shown in the following image g m jul Chart Fie Destination ae When a chart is selected the File button becomes available Clicking the File button or selecting Select a location and format from the File drop down menu opens the Request dialog box shown in the following image 54 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface In the Request dialog box you are able to name the file and select the output type The available output types are PNG GIF SVG and JPEG In order to create the image file you need to execute the procedure Once the File button is clic
332. the version of InfoAssist that you are using please see Getting Started With InfoAssist on page 21 Procedure How to Create a Basic Chart You can run this procedure in Query Design view or Live Preview 1 On the Format tab in the Chart Types group click the button of the chart that you want to create Bar chart is the default The chart appears on the canvas 2 Populate the chart with your data in one of the following ways 4 Drag the data dimensions and measures onto the chart 4 Drag the data dimensions and measures into the appropriate field containers in the Query pane WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 199 Creating a Chart Procedure 200 How to Create an Advanced Chart You can run this procedure in Query Design view or Live Preview 1 On the Format tab in the Chart Types group click Other The Other Chart Types dialog box opens Each of the tabs across the top of the dialog box represents a type of chart To display the name of a chart type hover over the tab with the mouse From left to right the chart type categories are Bar Line Area Pie XY Plots 3D Stock and Special Click a chart type All supported variations of the chart type appear as thumbnail images in the area underneath Within the category click an image to display a detailed description of that chart type If you are not familiar with a chart type be sure to read the description carefully before finalizing your selection S
333. ther characters can be used in the prefix or suffix apostrophe Is used to quote special characters in a prefix or suffix WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 289 Formatting Axis Labels Use the Advanced tab to modify additional axis properties The Advanced tab is shown in the following image N Format Vertical Axis x Scale Advanced Title F Exclude Minimum Label Labels E Exclude Maximum Label E Descending Axis V Show axis line Line Style 34 E Show zero line Line Style ay E Custom Baseline Value 0 0 Line Style ay SA OK Q Cancel amp Apply The Advanced tab contains the following options 4 Exclude Minimum Label Select this option to exclude the label with the lowest axis value from the chart 4 Exclude Maximum Label Select this option to exclude the label with the highest axis value from the chart 4 Descending Axis Select this option to draw the axis in descending order Show axis line Select this axis to control the display of the axis baseline 4 Line Style Click this icon to open the Line Style dialog box where you can edit the color weight and style of the axis line 4 Show zero line Select this option to control the display of the zero line 4 Line Style Click this icon to open the Line Style dialog box where you can edit the color weight and style of the zero line 290 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Custom Baseline Select this opt
334. through the following methods Mail Documentation Services Customer Support Information Builders Inc Two Penn Plaza New York NY 10121 2898 Fax 212 967 0460 Email books_info ibi com Web form http www informationbuilders com bookstore derf htm Name Company Address Telephone Date Email Comments 212 736 4433 Information Builders Two Penn Plaza New York NY 10121 2898 DN4501033 1112 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Version 8 0 01 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Version 8 0 01 Information Builders Two Penn Plaza New York NY 10121 2898 T Printed on recycled paper in the U S A
335. tity Revenue 144 WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports The following image shows the Revenue data column styled to display the American dollar sign as the currency symbol Product Quantity Region Category Sold Revenue Central Stereo Systems 11 143 3 027 276 42 Televisions 7 428 10 131 328 09 Video Players 11 647 3 835 578 36 MidEast Stereo Systems 4 607 1 254 014 44 Televisions 3 246 4 256 202 11 Video Players 5 043 1 653 244 82 NorthEast Stereo Systems 8 735 2 381 435 14 Televisions 5 578 7 452 259 19 Video Players 9 057 2 980 605 73 NorthWest Stereo Systems 7 287 2 043 976 10 Televisions 5 029 6 713 008 94 Video Players 7 869 2 602 775 63 SouthEast Stereo Systems 7 431 2 034 149 11 Televisions 5 031 6 793 602 47 Video Players 7 657 2 500 094 24 SouthWest Stereo Systems 1 832 494 200 80 Televisions 1 296 1 705 461 80 Video Players 2 038 670 346 72 West Stereo Systems 6 638 1 782 370 94 Televisions 4 340 5 927 165 23 Video Players 6 870 2 248 798 50 Procedure How to Add Headings and Footings to a Report You can make a report more meaningful by adding headings and footings Headings and footings supply context and key information about a report such as its purpose and audience Headings and footings also provide structure helping you navigate to the detail sought They enhance visual appeal In this procedure you will add and style a report heading and page heading The proced
336. tive Technologies Dashboard In this example the Region field has been selected for the radio buttons list radiobuttons_1 as shown in the following image 4 Active Dashboard Properties p ka Prompt Source amp Targets Cancel Apply The following image shows Region as the selected field for the radio buttons list The region report table_1 is a target report because it is the one from which you selected the field In addition table_2 the gender report now appears in the Candidate Reports list X Active Dashboard Properties PX b Prompt Source amp Targets Prompts Targets radiobuttons_1 Candidate Reports Targets combobox_1 table_1 Cancel Apply 5 Click OK 416 WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist The prompt is now bound to the field on the dashboard In the following image the radio buttons list is bound to the Region field It displays all regions by which a user can filter the report Product Quantity Central O MidEast NorthEast NorthWest 7 Video Production 2 NorthEast Stereo Systems 10 O SouthEast Televisions 1 SouthWest Video Players 10 3 West Video Production 1 SouthEast Stereo Systems 10 Televisions 5 Video Players 8 Option1 f gt Product Categzo Gender Age Group Stereo Systems Female Thirties Young Adult Male Thirties Young Adult Televisions Female Teen
337. to be activated You can set the options available to the user at run time from the menu on the InfoMini button If you select an option from the menu when the InfoMini button is inactive the InfoMini option is activated The options are Home tab Format tab Slicers tab Insert tab Data tab Slicer tab Edit Layout tab Series tab Resources Field tab Run Immediately C C O O O O O eb O O Save When you select an option from the menu a check mark appears next to the option The check mark indicates the option is available for the user at run time within the InfoMini application If you select a checked option to clear it the check mark disappears and the option is no longer available through the InfoMini application If you clear all of the options from the menu InfoMini is deactivated The menu of the InfoMini button is divided into three sections A section for options available in Interactive mode WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 457 Understanding InfoMini Applications 458 4 A section for options available in Edit mode 4 A section with the option to make the Run Immediately button and the Save button available The Run Immediately option is set by default It enables reports to run immediately when InfoMini first launches You might want to clear this option so that the user can choose a format and pick slicers before running a report When the Save option is selected you can pick up your analys
338. to compare and want to perform trend analysis 4 Scatter Scatter charts show a relationship between X and Y values They compare two sets of numbers at once possibly revealing patterns and trends WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 191 Selecting a Chart 192 You can plot data using variable scales on both axes When you use a scatter chart the data is plotted with a basic line pattern so that you can visualize the density of individual data values around particular points or discern patterns in the data A numeric X axis or sort field always yields a scatter chart by default If your chart reveals clouds of points there is a strong relationship between X and Y values If data points are scattered there is a weak or no relationship Scatter charts share many of the characteristics of basic line charts Scatter charts and line charts are distinguishable from one another only by virtue of their X axis format Line charts can appear without connecting lines making them look like scatter charts and scatter charts can appear with connecting lines making them look like line charts 350 300k 250k 2004 Quantity 150k 1004 50k 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 of Units WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts 4 Polar A polar chart is a circular chart Data is displayed on a polar chart in terms of values and angles Polar charts share characteristics with scatter charts Only one column
339. to specify a border for a chart series The Border tab is shown in the following image Format All Series x ra Border Borde E Show Border Color Border Color rR JS OK cancel amp Apply The Border tab contains the following options 4 Show Border Color Select this option to show a border color around each series 4 Border Color Click this icon to open the Color dialog box where you can select a color for the border Edit Title Dialog Box The Enter Title dialog box contains a text field in which you can type the title for a series on a chart Click OK and the title appears on the chart Edit Title Traffic Light Condition Dialog Box The Traffic Light Condition dialog box contains fields for adding new conditional styling or modifying existing conditional styling by applying a traffic light color to the selected field WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 211 Formatting a Series 212 The Traffic Light Condition dialog box is shown in the following image x Traffic Light Condition for Revenue x s New X Q Color Drill Down _ Revenue Preview Greater than O gt Type Constant wl Value 0 E Get values amp Apply Zok Ocan The Traffic Light Condition dialog box contains the following fields 4 Relational Operators Select from this drop down menu to set the relational operator The options are Equal to Not equal to Greater than Less than 0D O0 O O DO Gr
340. to specify the color of the border around the legend background area using the Color dialog box This option is available only when you right click the area around the legend For instructions see Using Legend Properties on page 262 More Legend Options Opens the Format Legend dialog box WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 261 Formatting a Legend Using Legend Properties Procedure Procedure 262 The following sections contain procedures for customizing legend The procedures are organized by the tab and group in which their associated options appear on the ribbon Format Tab Labels Group How to Hide a Legend 1 Create a chart with multiple measure fields 2 Clear the Show legend option in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Layout group open the Legends drop down menu and clear the Show legend option 4 Right Click Menu Right click the legend and clear the Show Legend option The legend is hidden How to Position a Legend 1 Create a chart with multiple measure fields 2 Open the menu of label position options in one of the following ways 4 Ribbon On the Format tab in the Layout group open the Legends drop down menu and point to Legend Position 4 Right Click Menu Right click the legend and point to Legend Position 3 Select a position for the legend The options are WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Auto Bottom Right Le
341. tom Geography Region Product Product Category 4 Time Sales Year Sales is report contains data about S Time Shipped he quantity of electronics B Year Shipped g S products sold Time Delivery Year Delivery S Time Estimated Delivery Year Estimated Delivery B Education En A Document Jone Click anywhere in the canvas to deselect the components How to Style and Customize a Report When you select a component you can perform various functions on the component such as moving and resizing it as explained in How to Move a Component on page 377 After clicking a component you can use the ribbon to affect all settings of the selected component except for fields You can double click or right click a component to select individual fields to edit through the context menu or Field tab In addition to reports you can style and customize charts and text For more information on charts see How to Style and Customize a Chart on page 384 For more information on text see How to Edit Text on page 386 Note Images cannot be edited 1 2 Open or create a document with at least one report Select the report Sizing handles appear around the border WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents Note The groups of the Field tab are unavailable 3 Right click the report and click Edit Report as shown in the
342. ts and select an alignment option from the Align drop down menu as shown in the following image TAD cd amp run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Fizld I a Report Chart Existing Text Image Report Box Reports Objects P Document Product Quantity B Population of State or 4 Access the alignment options from the Align drop down menu The menu is available on the Layout tab in the Size amp Arrange group as shown in the following image 380 WebFOCUS 6 Creating and Customizing Documents Run Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Fizld w EE Margins Orientation Units Page Setup Aion Typ Dimensions a align Bottom Geography Region S Product Product Category Time Sales BD Year Sales is report contains data about Wine Shipped Quantity the quantity of electronics le aaa zo products sold Time Delivery S Year Delivery amp Time Estimated Delivery B Year Estimated Delivery 4 Education PS Document WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 381 Building a Document Procedure 382 5 The selected components align as shown in the following image Home Insert Format Data Slicers Layout View Field S O o ai Margins Orientation Size Units Fe 5 x fl n Page Setup Align Left S Align Right il Align w Ua Align Bot
343. ts panel 30 ribbon 30 status bar 31 InfoAssist Options dialog box 24 InfoMini 18 23 accessing 23 WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual Insert tab 47 48 49 active dashboard prompts group 49 Objects group 48 Report group 48 inserting a chart 367 J Join dialog box 65 Join group 64 L Labels group charts 61 layout canvas 31 Layout canvas 119 Layout tab 76 77 Page Setup group 76 77 Report group 77 Size amp Arrange group 77 legend right click menu 261 legends controlling the orientation 264 formatting 256 hiding 262 positioning 262 specifying background color 265 specifying border color 266 using properties 262 limiting column variables in reports 159 line chart types 189 line charts 188 220 applying a smooth effect 220 Line group 97 Line Style dialog box 253 Links group 93 A479 Index List view 80 Logical view 79 M major gridlines 267 marker changing the appearance of 222 markers connecting or hiding a series line 221 mathematical equations 219 minor gridlines 267 multi axis charts 191 N Navigation group reports 56 Navigation taskbar 31 131 0 Objects group 48 Options group 74 Options window 26 Output Types group 51 Output window 31 121 123 124 125 cascade 123 output format options 125 output target options 121 output view options 123 switch output 125 tile horizontally 124 tile vertically 125 Output Window group 83 480 P page an
344. uch more Work offline without any additional plug ins or programs An active report is a self contained report meaning it contains all of the data and JavaScript within the HTML output file Packaging the data and the interactive functions in the HTML file also makes the output highly compressible for email and transparent to security systems Save the report on a local machine with active report functionality Since no connection to a server is required to view the data or use the analysis options a user can save and use the report anywhere An active report using Adobe Flex includes most of the capabilities available in the HTML version of active reports in a user friendly report format An active report delivered as a self contained Adobe Flash file SWF files that are Adobe Flash Player compatible allows for faster analysis of large data sets and interaction with the active report Procedure How to Create an Active Technologies Report 1 2 3 392 With InfoAssist open in Report view on the Format tab in the Output Types group click active report Create a report Run the report WebFOCUS 7 Creating Active Technologies Reports Charts and Dashboards With InfoAssist The following image shows an active report with the available menu options for the Product Category column Product Category Sort Ascending Sort Descending Filter NorthEast Calculate Chart Rollup Pivot Cross Tab
345. ue iaeoe inata cy teas 208 Associated Dialog BOXES ccccccceccececeeeececeececeecececuesececuececucueseeecueauseseesesetensesenes 208 Series Elements Right Click M Nu ccccececceceecececeecececeecececuecececueceseeseseceesesesenees 214 Using Series PrOPES SS rss deredh porrie aa i aE RE Rn S pa EEEE 217 Formatting Data Labels essre inari eraran adai aa pea E Ea RER ia RE sieves Eaa REER A ATE EEEN 242 6 WebFOCUS Contents Associated Dialog BOXES ccccccccececeececeecececeeceseececueeeecueaeaeseeeaesueseseseeseseseeaesees 243 Data Labels Elements Right Click M Nu ccccececeeceeeceecececeeseceeeseeeeseseeaeseseseesees 253 Using Data Labels Properties 0 cccccceccececeececeeeeeeceeenccccteescucreescuseenecesecesoesens 254 Formatting a Legend airinn eaa a aa ia aaa a E E a E Ra E EEEE SEE ENEE RS 256 Format Legend Dialog BOX cccccececceceecececeeceeeeaeceeacaeceeeeaeseeeeceseeseceserseseeenaeseees 256 Legend Elements Right Click M Nu cccccececcececeecececeecececeeseeeeaeseseeseseseesesesensees 261 Using Legend Properties ccccccecccecsceecececeececacceeeccccecseoeeescucecescucrsascusecescusers 262 Formatting GhGMIMES serisine a dedw etic Lee odode einden aE he ice sede MENG oen se 267 Format Grid Lines Dialog BOX cccccceceecececeeceeeeeeceeaeaeceeaeaeceeaeeeseeaecesersecersnsesenes 268 Gridline Elements Right Click M Nu ccccccececceeec
346. unctions ig Traffic Light Conditions W Missing WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 109 Understanding the Resources Panel 110 4 By Right clicking a By field in a report displays the Filter Values Sort Break Visibility Change Title More and Delete options You can point to More to access Traffic Light Conditions Sub Header Sub Footer and Missing options The right click menu is shown in the following image Y Filter values J Sort Break l visibility El Change Title More YE Traffic Light Conditions X Delete Sub Header Sub Footer N Missing WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface 4 Across Right clicking an Across field in a report displays Filter Values Sort Break Visibility Change Title More and Delete options You can point to More to access Sub Header Sub Footer and Missing options The right click menu is shown in the following image Y Filter Values Ss Sort Break visibility EI Change Title More Chart When you create a chart the Query field containers in the Query Design pane include Measure Sum X Axis Legend Series Multi graph and Coordinated for documents only WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 111 Understanding the Resources Panel 112 4 Measure Sum Right clicking a Measure Sum field in a chart displays the Filter Values Sort Visibility Change Title More and Delete options
347. und dialog box 299 300 302 304 306 307 308 310 312 Advanced tab for 3D charts 308 Background tab 310 Frame Edge tab for 2D charts and 2D charts with 3D effects 302 Frame Edge tab for pie charts 306 Frame tab for 2D charts and 2D charts with 3D effect 300 Frame tab for pie charts 304 right click menu 312 Wall and Floor tabs 307 frame and background using properties 313 freezing column titles in reports 175 funnel charts 197 G gauge using properties 328 gauge chart right click menu 327 gauge charts 197 318 Format Gauge dialog box 318 gauge thermometer 197 gridlines 267 274 276 277 278 279 282 deleting 282 displaying horizontal minor 276 displaying vertical major 277 displaying vertical minor 278 formatting 267 major 267 minor 267 right click menu 274 setting the color weight and style 279 using properties 274 WebFOCUS Indexi H headings and footings 145 148 styling in a report 148 Help 25 30 Home tab 39 41 42 Design group 41 Filter group 42 Format group 39 41 Report group 42 horizontal box plot charts 197 horizontal major gridlines displaying 275 HTML5 53 I InfoAssist accessing 22 introducing 15 InfoAssist Basic 17 23 accessing 23 InfoAssist interface application button 30 application window 30 Help 30 Layout canvas 31 main components 30 navigating 29 Navigation taskbar 31 Output window 31 Query Design pane 31 Quick Access Toolbar 30 Resources panel 30 Resul
348. und the frame 298 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts You can adjust the appearance of the frame and background to achieve different visual effects for your charts For example you can change the appearance of the chart frame line or you can change the color of the background of your chart Frame amp Background Dialog Box Whether you access frame and background options from the ribbon or the right click menu you are presented with the Frame amp Background dialog box of options for formatting the frame and background of a chart The Frame amp Background dialog contains the following tabs Frame Frame Edge lt J Background The Frame amp Background dialog box and pertinent tabs are discussed in this section for the following types of charts 4 2D Charts and 2D Charts with 3D Effects Frame and Frame Edge tabs 4 Pie Charts Frame and Frame Edge tabs 4 3D Charts Left Wall Right Wall Floor and Advanced tabs Note The options in the Frame tab vary based on the chart type selected WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 299 Formatting a Frame and a Background Use the Frame tab for 2D charts and 2D charts with 3D effects to set a frame depth angle and depth radius select a fill for a frame and set a shadow for a frame for these types of charts The Frame tab for 2D charts and 2D charts with 3D effects is shown in the following image WY Frame amp Background x i A ame Frame Frame Edge Depth Angle
349. up Note You cannot insert a new report by a double click if a report is actively selected If a report is selected click the canvas to deselect the report and make the canvas the active object 1 With InfoAssist open in Document view click the Format tab 2 Inthe Destination group click Report Note You can also click Report on the Home tab in the Format group 3 Double click a data source field in the Data pane of the Resources Panel WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 365 Building a Document Procedure 366 A report with the selected data source appears in the Results panel as shown in the following image m Orn Home Insert Format Data Sicers Layout View Field Time Delivery Year Delivery Time Estimated Delivery B Year Estimated Delivery S Education 4 You can now add fields to the report using the canvas and the Resources panel For more information on how to use the Resources panel to add additional fields to the report see Understanding the Resources Panel on page 99 How to Insert a Report With Right Click You can insert reports by right clicking a data source field in the Resources panel in Document view To insert a report make sure that no report is actively selected on the canvas and Report is selected on the Format tab in the Destination group This option is also on the Home tab in the Format group Note You cannot in
350. up click InfoMini as shown in the following image Destination Note At least one option from the InfoMini menu must be selected in order to activate InfoMini By default the Format tab Slicers tab and Save option are selected on the menu when you activate InfoMini in a new report For more information on enabling InfoMini options see How to Enable and Disable InfoMini Application Options on page 462 4 Inthe Destination group on the InfoMini menu click one of the following options Home tab Format tab Slicers tab Data tab C O O wv Slicer tab Edit WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 461 Creating an InfoMini Application Procedure Procedure Procedure 462 4 Layout tab Resources Field tab Save The InfoMini button is highlighted and the InfoMini mode is activated For more information about running an InfoMini application see How to Test an InfoMini Application on page 462 How to Enable and Disable InfoMini Application Options You can choose which options will be available at run time in an InfoMini application By default the Format tab Slicers tab and Save option are selected on the menu when you activate InfoMini in a new report For more information about the functionality of each option see Understanding InfoMini Applications on page 456 1 With an InfoAssist report open click the Format tab 2 Click the InfoMini button and select the options you want available from the menu
351. up setting applies a different color to each bar For instructions see How to Control the Color Mode on page 241 Draws a line on a chart to indicate a statistical trend This option does not apply to the pie funnel 3D gauge or stock chart type For an example of a chart with a trendline see How to Add a Trendline on page 219 Contains the Aggregation Functions Traffic Light Conditions and Missing options Aggregation Functions assigns an aggregation value to a numeric measure field in a report For instructions see How to Display Aggregations on Measures on page 233 Traffic Light Conditions enables you to specify the color of numeric measure fields in the output depending on conditions that you set You can use the Traffic Light Condition dialog box to specify the conditions and colors For instructions see How to Apply Traffic Light Conditions With Drill Down to a Numeric Measure Field By Constant on page 235andHow to Apply Traffic Light Conditions With Drill Down to a Numeric Measure Field By Field on page 238 The Missing option allows you to show or hide fields with no value WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts Option Deserintiom Delete Removes the selected series from the report and updates the Live Preview accordingly Using Series Properties In this section Series Tab Select Group Series Tab Style Group Series Tab Properties Group Series Tab Line Group Series Tab Pie
352. ure uses sample values but you can supply values that apply to your own reports Headings and Footings are available in Query Design view Live Preview and Document view 1 Create a report WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 145 Styling Reports 146 On the Home tab in the Report group click the Header amp Footer button The Header amp Footer dialog box opens Click the tab for the heading or footing element that you want to add For a report you can add a report heading page heading page footing or report footing By default the Report Header tab is selected In this procedure accept the default Click inside the design area of the dialog box and type the text for the heading For example the text for a sample report heading might be Quantity Sold by Product Using the styling ribbon apply styling to the report heading text For example click the arrow next to the font field and click HELVETICA Click 11 for the font size The sample report heading with the selected styling values is shown in the following image Header amp Footer ox gt Report Header Page Header 3Page Footer Report Footer wna jee Quantity Sold by Product Reset Cancel 4 Apply Click Apply to save the changes you have made so far without closing the dialog box To add a page heading click the Page Header tab In this procedure you are going to add one of the supplied quick text options Click the la
353. ver a blank canvas opens when there is no report The Layout canvas displays either live data or sample data The Layout canvas displays live data if on the Home tab in the Design group you have clicked Data from Source default The Layout canvas displays sample data if on the Home tab in the Design group you have clicked Use Sample Data When you select Data from Source a live preview of the report being built is refreshed in the Layout canvas as you add remove and style data source fields in the report When you select Use Sample Data the Layout canvas displays sample data based on the field type with the same formatting and styling used to display live data WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 119 Understanding the Results Panel The following image shows a preview of a report displayed in the Layout canvas in Live Preview Bata W Interactive Design Vi Day Name Delivery Date Estimated Delivery Weekend Estimated Delivery Holiday Estimated Delivery Month Name Estimated Delivery Day Name Estimated Delivery Date Shipped Weekend Shipped Holiday Shipped Month Name Shipped Day Name Shipped Measures Properties Quantity Sold 1 Revenue Quantity Sold Revenue MidEast 25 Sete NorthWest 43 22 685 62 SouthWest 118 41 120 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Understanding Output Options Reference
354. w For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Slicers tab see Using Slicers on page 437 From the Layout tab you can access the Page Setup and Report groups For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Layout tab see Layout Tab on page 76 From the Series tab you can access the Select Properties Line and Pie groups For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Series tab see Series Tab on page 95 From the Resources Field tab you can access the Filter Sort Break Style Format Specific Visibility and Links groups For more information on the functionality of the available groups on the Field tab see Field Tab on page 85 460 WebFOCUS 9 Building InfoMini Applications Creating an InfoMini Application How to Activate InfoMini Enable and Disable InfoMini Application Options Test an InfoMini Application Interact With an InfoMini Application To create an InfoMini application in InfoAssist build a report as you normally would then activate InfoMini and add the functionality you want the user to have available to them at run time For more information on what functionality is available to InfoMini applications see Understanding InfoMini Applications on page 456 Procedure How to Activate InfoMini 1 With an InfoAssist report open click the Format tab 2 To activate InfoMini do one of the following 4 Inthe Destination gro
355. wn to a web page or a URL Specify the following URL of the web page or location of the report 4 An alternate comment 4 Target New Window Same Window a value that you enter Parameters that you want to use Name Value Drill Down l x Web Page C Report URL Alternate comment Target New Window v Parameters Name Value Series Elements Right Click Menu When you rightclick a series on a chart a menu of options opens The menu contains options that are available on the Field and Series tabs 214 WebFOCUS 5 Creating and Customizing Charts The menu options are described in the following table The table provides links to the sections of this document in which those options are also discussed Option peseription o Filter Values Enables you to create or modify a WHERE statement using the Filter dialog box With a WHERE statement you select only the data that you want to display and exclude unwanted data For information on filtering your data see Data Tab on page 62 and Field Tab on page 85 Sort Enables you to sort the series in either ascending or descending order Visibility Controls the display of the selected series field on a chart The value Hide suppresses the display of the series and the default value Show displays the series For instructions see How to Hide a Field in a Series on page 231 Change Title Enables you to edit the title of the selected series In the Edit Titl
356. xis Absolute Line Vertical Dual Axis Stacked Line Vertical Bi Polar Absolute Line Not in HTML5 Horizontal Bi Polar Absolute Line Not in HTML5 Vertical Bi Polar Stacked Line Not in HTML5 Horizontal Bi Polar Stacked Line Not in HTML5 Vertical Percent Line Horizontal Percent Line Area Charts In this section Area Chart Types Area charts are similar to line charts except that the area between the data line and zero line or axis is usually filled with color Area charts allow you to stack data on top of each other Stacking allows you to highlight the relationship between data series showing how some data series approach a second series WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 189 Selecting a Chart 190 When to Use Use an area chart when you want to distinguish the data more dramatically by highlighting volume with color For example the following image is a basic area chart that depicts the price and product cost for four products The data is more boldly distinguished on this chart in comparison to the line chart 24K 20K 16K 12K 8K 4K Stereo Systems Televisions Video Players Video Production Product Category M Price E Product Cost Area Chart Types The following table lists the available area chart types Available Area Chart Types Vertical Absolute Area Horizontal Absolute Area Vertical Stacked Area Horizontal Stacked Area Vertical Bi Polar Absolute Area Not in Horizontal
357. xisting Report Reports 4 Report Inserts a report placeholder on the canvas 4 Chart Inserts a chart placeholder on the canvas 4 Existing Report Opens an Open dialog box where you can browse to the report that you want to insert in the upper left corner of the canvas Objects Group The Objects group contains commands to insert text and images into your document The Objects group is shown in the following image cr Text Image Objects 4 Text Inserts an inline text object in the upper left corner of the canvas Image Opens an Open dialog box where you can browse to the image that you want to insert in the upper left corner of the canvas 48 WebFOCUS 3 Navigating the InfoAssist Interface Active Technologies Dashboard Prompts Group The active dashboard prompts group contains commands to insert active form controls into your document You can add multiple controls to a single canvas with these buttons This group is only visible when the output format of the document is set to active report active PDF or active Flash The active dashboard prompts group is shown in the following image Tec Drop List Checkbox Radio Text Down Button Active Dashboard Prompts Drop Down Inserts a drop down control placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas List Inserts a list control placeholder in the upper left corner of the canvas Checkbox Inserts a check box control placeholder in the upper left corner of the ca
358. y Sold 11 143 7 428 11 647 2 245 4 607 3 246 5 043 955 8 735 5 578 9 057 1 738 Revenue 3 027 276 42 10 131 328 09 3 835 578 36 2 166 591 20 1 254 014 44 4 256 202 11 1 653 244 82 896 178 80 2 381 435 14 7 452 259 19 2 980 605 73 1 723 425 57 MSRP TOTAL 3 182 253 10 6 220 672 52 10 644 911 84 20 783 667 93 4 027 553 53 7 874 778 89 2 298 225 94 4 467 062 14 1 315 480 81 2 574 102 25 4 495 671 02 8 755 119 13 1 746 289 57 3 404 577 39 950 618 84 1 847 752 64 2 513 345 35 4 903 515 49 7 837 476 74 15 295 313 93 3 133 979 43 6 123 642 16 1 814 322 39 3 539 485 96 How to Add Subheadings and Subfootings to a Report You can add subheadings and subfootings to report output for the sort field 1 With a report open in the Query Design pane select a By sort field The Field tab appears on the ribbon 2 From the Break group click Sub Header or Sub Footer The Sub Header amp Sub Footer dialog box opens In the Sub Header amp Sub Footer dialog box type and style the text and click OK WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports Procedure Procedure Subheadings appear just below the column titles in the report output every time the value of the primary sort field changes Subfootings appear at the end of the data on each page of the report output every time the value of the primary sort field changes The following image shows how subheadings and subfootings appear in the report out
359. y field and adds a rank column to the left of the new By field Note The rank option can also be accessed by right clicking a By or Measure field and accessing the Rank option through the right click menu 1 With a report open in the Query Design pane select a By or a Measure field The Field tab appears on the ribbon In the Sort group click Rank WebFOCUS 4 Creating and Customizing Reports A rank column appears as shown in the following image Product Quantity RANK Category Sold Revenue 1 Stereo Systems 47 673 13 017 422 95 2 Televisions 31 948 42 979 027 83 3 Video Players 50 181 16 491 444 00 4 Video Production 9 686 9 281 163 62 Note The rank column can now be edited and formatted like any other column with the following exceptions 4 The only formatting that can be applied is Traffic Light Conditions 4 It cannot be hidden 4 You cannot insert breaks or a filter on the RANK column 4 No column can be moved in between the rank column and the column it is ranking Procedure How to Limit the Values of a Column in a Report Procedure You can limit the number of unique values that appear in a column through the Limit menu First you must select a column then the Limit menu becomes available on the Field tab in the Sort group Note You can also access the Limit option by right clicking a column pointing to Sort and then selecting Limit 1 With a report open in the Query Design pane right cl
360. zable information and reports Accessibility Compliance With InfoAssist InfoAssist is Section 508 compliant with the following end user configuration 4 Internet Explorer Version 7 or 8 4 JAWS Version 11 0 or later See the Freedom Scientific website http www freedomscientific com for browser requirement information For more information on specific accessibility requirements for InfoAssist see the WebFOCUS Accessibility Guide WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 19 Accessibility Compliance With InfoAssist 20 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Getting Started With InfoAssist You can quickly access each of the versions of InfoAssist using the information provided in the following sections Once you get started with InfoAssist you can easily change your user preferences to customize the way that InfoAssist behaves when you are creating reports and charts and generating output You can customize the InfoAssist interface by selecting a particular theme that styles all menus and dialog boxes In addition you can style your reports and charts with a distinctive document theme WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual 21 Accessing InfoAssist Accessing InfoAssist To access InfoAssist type valid credentials in the User Name and Password text fields and click Sign In The WebFOCUS Sign In page is shown in the following image Language Public Access Enable Accessibility Help WebFOCUS Sign In Visit the WebFOCUS website

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Display - Services  Betriebsanleitung Mode d'emploi Operating instructions PTB 10  Touch Screen Trainer/Busy Box  Technica.  FREE_Studio_Anleitung_DE  Operating Instructions - ACS-CONTROL  Badu®Stream II  User`s Manual - San Diego CCTV Pros  AIR PAX, DRY PAX  Aspire 1650 Series  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file